/t 
 
 J3S 
 8 78 
 
 l^i^^C. PUBS. 
 
 ^^/^X^ 
 
 CEMEAL 
 BRITISH COLVABIA 
 
 CANADA 
 
 A ^N'E'AAT FIELD 
 FOR. EXF>L01TAT10^ 
 
 B V 
 
 F M • PCITTO 
 
 DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR 
 
 i C /\ M A, D A. 
 
 HON. CHARLES STEWART 
 MINISTER 
 
 W. W. CORY. C.M.G. 
 DEPUTY MINISTER 
 
 J^jATURAL RESOURCES INTELLIGENCE BRANCH 
 
 \--^ FC.C.LYNCH. Superintendent 
 
 MM»
 
 1 
 
 In addition to its printed publication of economic facts relating 
 to Canada, The Natural Resources Intelligence Service 
 will obtain for you specific information regarding the country s 
 resources and opportunities for their development.
 
 CENTRAL 
 BRITISH COLUMBIA 
 
 CANADA 
 A New Field for Exploitation 
 
 BY 
 
 F. H. KITTO, D.L.S., M.E.i.c. 
 
 (SECOND EDITION, REVISED) 
 
 Prepared under the direction of the Superintendent 
 Natural Resources InteUigence Branch 
 
 DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR, CANADA 
 
 Hon. Charles Stewart. Minister W. W. Cory. C.M.G.. Deputy Minister 
 
 1922 
 
 Printed by F. A. ACLANO, Printer to the King's Most Excellent Majesty 
 
 39736—1
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 Page. 
 
 Topographical 5 
 
 Historical 10 
 
 Climate 15 
 
 Soil 21 
 
 Forests 23 
 
 Minerals 30 
 
 Fisheries 37 
 
 Fur and Game 44 
 
 Water Resources 47 
 
 Transportation and Communications 51 
 
 Education and Social Life 59 
 
 The Fort George District 62 
 
 The Peace River District 68 
 
 The Cariboo District 71 
 
 The Fort Fraser District •• 77 
 
 The Hazelton District 82 
 
 The Skeena District 85 
 
 Agricultural and Industrial Opportunities 90 
 
 Appendices — Brief synopses of: — 
 
 1. Pre-emption and Homestead Regulations 95 
 
 2. Purchase and Lease of Lands 97 
 
 3. Land Settlement Act 99 
 
 4. Government Aid to Farmers 101 
 
 5. Mining Regulations 102 
 
 6. Timber and Forest Fire Regulations 107 
 
 7. Summary of Water Rights 109 
 
 8. Game Regulations HI 
 
 9. Customs and Freight Regulations 113 
 
 10. Taxation II5 
 
 Bibliography II7 
 
 ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 1. West coast of British Columbia, pulp and paper plant at Ocean Falls 9 
 
 2. West Coast of British Columbia, Grand Trunk Pacific steamer navigating 
 
 "inside passage" 9 
 
 3. Homestead at Fraser lake, British Columbia 20 
 
 4. Field of potatoes on ranch at Fraser lake, British Columbia .. 20 
 
 5. Seal Cove sawmill and Canadian Fish and Cold Storage Company's plant 
 
 (rear view^). Prince Rupert, British Columbia 29 
 
 6. Prince Rupert drydocks and shipbuilding yards (Photographed on February 
 
 19,1920) \ 29 
 
 7. A glimpse of the Nechako valley near Vanderhoof 43 
 
 8. Road leading from Vanderhoof north through the Nechako valley 43 
 
 9. Outdoor roses in Skeena valley 50 
 
 10. A glimpse of Prince Rupert's magnificent harbour 50 
 
 11. Oat field on ranch at Fra,nQois lake> British Columbia 58 
 
 12. Farm scene near Prince George 58 
 
 13. Power house and workmen's cottages, Granby Consolidated Mining Company, 
 
 Anyox, British Columbia 67 
 
 14. The historic town of Barkerville as it now appears 67 
 
 15. A real farm in Central British Columbia 75 
 
 16. A picturesque homestead at Francois lake, British Columbia 75 
 
 17. A trapper's cabin on the bank of Parsnip river 87 
 
 18. Mount Robson, the highest of Canadian peaks, from Grand Trunk Pacific 
 
 railway 87 
 
 19. "Australian Ranch" on Cariboo road twenty miles south of Quesnel 93 
 
 20. Farm at Pouce Coupe, purchased by a returned soldier 93 
 
 MAP 
 
 Map of Central British Columbia, Canada, scale 35 miles to 1 inch. . .Inside back cover. 
 
 39736 — IJ
 
 TOPOGRAPHICAL 
 
 British Columbia is Canada's most westerly- province, comprising all the Pacific 
 seaboard belonging to the Dominion, together with man^^ coastal islands and an exten- 
 sive inland territory. For many years it had the largest area of any province in 
 Canada and now holds third place, being exceeded by Quebec and Ontario only. Its 
 total area is 355,855 square miles, of which 353,416 square milee are land and 2,439 
 square miles are covered by water. 
 
 British Columbia is the mountain province of Canada. Almost its entire area 
 is made up of gigantic ranges, whose majestic peaks, clothed in perpetual ice and snow, 
 rival in magnitude and beauty the famous Alps themselves; of deep, narrow valleys 
 of exceeding fertility, where luscious fruits and luxuriant vegetation, watered by 
 foaming mountain streams and sheltered by overhanging cliffs, attain a degree o£ 
 perfection unequalled elsewhere; or of broad, sunny plateaus of grassy lands, inter- 
 spersed with numerous lakes and streams, bordered by gently-rolling hills of greenest 
 woods and drained by networks of swiftly-flowing streams. The province is a verit- 
 able "sea of mountains," and its grandeur of scenery, congenial climate and wealth 
 of natural resources are unsurpassed by any other district of equal magnitude in the 
 wc'rld. 
 
 From east to west Canada is made up of five great physiographic divisions, 
 namely, the Appalachian region, embracing the Maritime Provinces and Eastern 
 Quebec, the St. Lawrence lowlands of Southern Quebec and Ontario, the Great Plains 
 region of Western Canada, the Laurentian plateau surrounding Hudson bay, and the 
 Cordilleran region extending from the Rocky mountains to the Pacific coast. The 
 greater part of British Columbia lies within the Cordilleran division, with a triangular 
 area in the northeast corner of the province extending into the Great Plains division. 
 The outstanding topographical feature of the province is the Eccky Mountain range, 
 the " backbone " of the North American continent. It crosses Canada in a north- 
 westerly and southeasterly direction and makes the " continental divide " that parts 
 the waters of the Pacific slope from those flowing easterly. 
 
 The Rocky mountains vary in elevation from 2,700 feet in the vicinity of Dease 
 lake to a climax of 13,068 feet in mount Robson. Pine pass has an elevation of 2,850 
 feet, Yellowhead pass 3,700 feet and Kicking Horse pass 5,332 feet. There are several 
 peaks exceeding 10,000 feet in elevation and innumerable lesser mountains, hills and 
 plateaus. It has been estimated that if the whole of British 'Columbia were brought 
 to a level plane the elevation would be about 3,500 feet above the level of the sea. 
 
 The Rocky Mountain range runs practically parallel to the Pacific coast at a 
 distance of 350 or 400 miles inland. A lesser and more irregular range follows the 
 coast more closely and constitutes what is known as the " Cascade " and " Coast " 
 mountains. Between these two principal mountain ranges lies a vast plateau. 
 
 The Cordilleran division thus subdivides itself naturally into these three great 
 belts, the Eastern, Central and Pacific. The Eastern belt is comprised of the Rocky 
 Mountain system, and may be considered, general^' speaking, as a mountainous 
 
 5
 
 6 Central British Columiia 
 
 region. The Western belt includes the Pacific system, made up mainly of the Ooast 
 and Cascade mountains, and the Insiilar system, comprised of a series of islands run- 
 ning parallel to the coast, of which the main one is Vancouver. This belt is also a 
 mountainous one, though not so pronounced as the Eastern belt. The great Central 
 belt, however, containing some more or less independently defined systems of lower 
 mountains and plateaus, constitutes on the whole a vast area of land suitable for 
 agricultural exploitation and settlement. 
 
 The northeast part of the province, lying east of the Rocky Mountain system, 
 falls within the Great Plains division of Canada. These plains include the prairies 
 of Western Canada and constitute the agricultural areas of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, 
 and Alberta. The part of British Columbia included in them lies partly in the 
 famous Peace Eiver district and partly in the drainage basin of the Liard river. The 
 Peace river portion of British Columbia and the middle part of the Central belt 
 jontain the bulk of the agricultural lands of the province. 
 
 British Columbia extends from the straits of Juan de Fuca and the 49th parallel 
 of north latitude, which constitute the international boundary between Canada and 
 the United States in these parts, northerly through 11 degrees of latitude to the 60th 
 parallel, beyond which lies the Yukon territory. To the east lies the province of 
 Alberta. The summit of the Rocky Mountain range is the interprovincial boundary 
 as far north as its intersection with the 120th degree of west longitude, which is then 
 the boundary for the remaining distance. Westerly the province extends to the 
 Pacific ocean except in the northwest corner where the " pan-handle " of Alaska inter- 
 venes. Vancouver island and the Queen Charlotte group of islands, together with 
 many smaller ones, also form part of the province. 
 
 The northeast part of the province, lying in the Great Plains division, forms part 
 of the Great Mackenzie basin. Two principal rivers flow through this section, the 
 Peace and Liard. The Peace reaches the Mackenzie by way of the Slave river and 
 Great Slave lake and the Liard joins it directly. 
 
 The southeast part of the province is drained by the Columbia and its numerous 
 tributaries southerly over the international boundary line and thence to the Pacific. 
 
 The southern and central interior is drained by the great Fraser and its principal 
 tributaries, the Nechako and Thompson rivers, to tide-water at Vancouver. Along the 
 western coast the principal rivers are the Skeena, reaching the sea at Prince Rupert, 
 the Nass, flowing into Portland inlet, and the Stikine which cuts through the Alaskan 
 pan-handle to reach the sea near Wrangel. 
 
 Central British Columbia is an indefinite term. It is usually used to designate 
 the great interior plateau lands, comprising the famous Bulkley valley, Nechako valley, 
 Upper Fraser river drainage basin and the Cariboo and Chilcotin districts. It is 
 sometimes applied to the country served by the Grand Trunk Pacific railway. The 
 scope of this report is intended to apply to all these districts. For such purposes 
 arbitrary boundaries have been adopted, though not adhered to strictly. In general 
 terms, therefore, it may be here defined as that part of the mainland lying between 
 the 52nd and 57th parallels of north latitude, and comprising a total area of approxi- 
 mately 145,000 .square miles. 
 
 This portion of British Columbia is most interesting and unique in its develop- 
 ment. To the business man of the day it is a "New British Columbia" — ^made
 
 Topographical 7 
 
 accessible only upon the completion of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway in 1914, held 
 for a still further period from commercial exploitation by the Great War, and now 
 requiring the completion of the Pacific Great Eastern railway and the establishment 
 of transpacific shipping lines from Prince Rupert to enable its development to be 
 prosecuted in a thorough manner. To the historian, however, it is the " Old British 
 Columbia," explored and occupied previous to any other mainland part of the province. 
 
 Fur trading and gold mining blazed the way for the occupation and settlement of 
 British Columbia, and the fields of these earliest activities lay in this, the central pari 
 of the province. Fort MacLeod, on MacLeod lake, hae the distinction of being British 
 Columbia's earliest establishment and dates back to 1805. It is thirty-eight years older 
 than the capital, Victoria. Port St. James, on Stuart lake, and Fort George, at the 
 confluence of the Fraser and Nechako rivers, were established in 1806 and 1807, and 
 were thus also over a quarter of a century old when the Hudson's Bay Company estab- 
 lished a post on the site of the present capital city. Prince Rupert is the newest sea 
 port on the coast, yet Fort Nass, at the mouth of the Skeena, and later Fort Simpson 
 (now Port Simpson) were important coast ports before the days of either Victoria 
 or Vancouver. 
 
 Alexander Mackenzie, the first white man to reach the Pacific overland, travelled 
 across the province and back again entirely within this central belt in the year 1793. 
 Over one hundred years ago trade routes by canoe and trail were well established 
 throughout this district. The Skeena and Nass rivers on the coast, the Fraser, 
 Nechako and Stuart in the interior, and the Parsnip, Finlay and Peace flowing easterly 
 were well travelled avenues of trade, while the Yellowhead pass had witnessed a 
 century of travel by foot before the first train rushed through. 
 
 Original surveys for the Canadian Pacific railway led through this pass, and, 
 had they been adhered to, conditions would have been reversed with respect to the 
 southern and the central parts of the province. The building of this transconti- 
 nental railway brought in an influx of workers and settlers along its route which, 
 unfortunately for the central districts, was located well to the south and crossed the 
 Rockies by the Kicking Horse pass. About the Pacific terminal of this great road 
 has grown up the city of Vancouver, and for nearly fifty years the benefit of this 
 railway has been in favour of the development of the more southerly parts of the 
 province. 
 
 The building of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway, however, which takes the 
 route of the Yellowhead pass, Fraser, Nechako, Bulkley and Skeena rivers to meet 
 the coast at the newer city of Prince Rupert, brought to the central belt upon its 
 completion in 1914 the advantages that the more southerly parts received by the 
 completion of the Canadian Pacific railway in 1885. 
 
 No sooner had t]iis transcontinental railway been completed than the great 
 European war ibroke out, thus practically paralyzing the expected development along 
 its route and holding in abeyance for five or six years longer the settlement of its 
 adjacent territory. 
 
 Possibly there may be advantages in these circumstances. As a result of the 
 war Canada finds herself burdened with a heavy debt and facing a serious problem 
 in the re-establishment of a large army of men. The raising of funds with which to 
 meet her obligations and the finding of homes for thousands of men present a
 
 8 Central British Columbia 
 
 tremendous task. The solution lies in the development of her immense natural 
 resources and in the absorbing of the returned soldiers in connection therewith. 
 There arises the question of location. Where are the resources that lie dormant to 
 be found? Where are homes available for the thousands of disbanded soldiers? 
 
 The answer, to a large extent, lies in Central British Columbia. Here we have 
 an immense territory of which the potential wealth in natural resources is beyond 
 estimate and where conditions for home-making are of the best. The areas of arable 
 agricultural lands are in the neighbourhood of ten million acres, with additional 
 land suitable for grazing purposes. The belt is highly mineralized and no one can 
 foretell what extent of treasure lies buried beneath its hills. The coast and inland 
 waters are rich in fisheries, the extent and value of which are beginning to be more 
 fully realized. The forests are also most extensive and the lumbering and pulp 
 industries are already well under way. Water-powers are numerous and great. The 
 climate is agreeable. In fact conditions are exceedingly inviting for intensive settle- 
 ment and development along agricultural and industrial lines. 
 
 The handicap of lack of transportation that has held back this district is now 
 fast disappearing. One great transcontinental railway, the Grand Trunk Pacific, 
 traverses the belt midway from east to west; another, the Canadian National, runs 
 through its southeastern corner, while the Pacific Great Eastern is building to cross- 
 cut the belt from south to north. Towns are springing up along these lines. Mines 
 are being opened up, saw and pulp mills erected, water-powers harnessed, fishing 
 fleets added to, and an era of development is fast getting under way. 
 
 Here, then, lies a new field, vast and fruitful, tested and proven, rich and 
 bountiful in nature's gifts, offering wealth and homes to thousands of willing workers 
 who seek a fair chance to attain success. 
 
 It is not only an inviting country, from a business standpoint, offering prospects 
 of liberal and speedy financial gains, but it is a pleasant country in which to make 
 one's home. Men do not come alone to Central British Columbia, intending to wresi 
 a fortune in a few frenzied years from its coffers, then to go to a more congenial 
 spot on the earth's surface and enjoy with their families the fruits of their hard- 
 ships. They come with their families to make attractive homes, to settle down and 
 enjoy the beauties and advantages of the country as they progress in their various 
 undertakings, and to lay the foundations for the happiness and prosperity of succeed- 
 ing generations. 
 
 The Government of the province is anxious to see the district settled and its 
 resources developed by a good class of people. Every possible encouragement is being 
 offered with this end in view. The natural attractions and advantages of the district, 
 together with the lively interest manifested by the Government in its development, 
 assures the new comer of a start under the most promising conditions.
 
 West coast of British Columbia. Pulp and paper plant at Ocean Falls. 
 
 L... 
 
 West coast of British Colunibi;i. (".r;i.m] Trunk Pacific coast steamer navigalint 
 
 " inside passage."
 
 HISTORICAL 
 
 For those whose interest in the evolution and advancement of this western province 
 looks into the past as well as into the future the pages of its early history contain many 
 fascinating chapters. Unlike the eastern colony — the original Canada — that was 
 acquired by conquest, the province of British Columbia has been British from the 
 earliest days of the white man's occupation. Only the faintest suggestion of other 
 claims were ever put forth, and they were disposed of before any serious progress 
 had been made. The capital city of Victoria, founded and built up by British 
 subjects only, laid out and patterned after English models, and with a climate very 
 similar to that of England itself, is without exception the most ultra-English centre 
 to be found in Canada to-day. 
 
 The long chain of events, commencing when European powers blindly struck oui 
 for unknown poseibilities in the Pacific ocean, leading through the race for establish- 
 ment of claims to new lands in which Great Britain planted two colonies, the one on 
 Vancouver island and the other on the main coast, and culminating in the amalgama- 
 tion and final confederation of these colonies with the great westward growing 
 Dominion of Canada, constitutes a drama of colonial history second in interest to 
 none. Separated, as it were, from the newly-found continent of America by apparently 
 endless plains and impassable mountains, and bordering on an unknown ocean, the 
 districts west of the Rocky mountains were, to all intents and purposes, in the early 
 days a world of their own. Until finally drawn together by the process of expansion 
 from either extreme and the elimination of the vast unknown intervening spaces, the 
 histories of Eastern and Western Canada are those of unrelated colonies. 
 
 Following the discovery of America, Spanish navigators, Spain then being tli'.> 
 great naval power of the world, soon found their way around the Horn and into the 
 Pacific ocean, which they declared a " closed sea " to all other powers. The curtain 
 rose on English activities in these seas near the close of the sixteenth century, when 
 the bold sea-rover Francis Drake, in his famous ship the Golden Hind, had the 
 audacity to beard the lion in his den by rounding the Horn and bravely sailing north 
 into these forbidden waters. Taking the Spanish completely by surprise he attacked, 
 captured and looted treasure ship after treasure ship and loaded his own vessel to the 
 gunwales with treasure. Before sailing homeward he landed at a point on the coast, 
 somewhere north of the present site of San Francisco, and claimed the territory in the 
 name of the Sovereign, calling it " New Albion." Returning to England he was 
 knighted by Queen Elizabeth for these exploits. 
 
 Wars and other matters of state prevented Drake's discoveries from being followed 
 up, and. as far as the English were concerned, the curtain fell for some 200 years. 
 Meanwhile the Spanish, reduced by the loss of their Armada to an inferior sea power, 
 pursued, with the assistance of native Mexicans, a dogged policy of exploration north- 
 ward along the Pacific coast. Between the years 1587 and 1592 they explored beyond 
 Drake's " Now Albion," and discovered, what they believed to be, a passage leading to 
 the Atlantic, which they named Juan de Fuca strait, after a Greek pilot in their 
 
 10
 
 Historical 1 1 
 
 employ by that name. A reflection of this alleged discovery is found in the annals of 
 English discovery when, in 1660, the famous navigator Henry Hudson, in his little 
 ship Discovery, searching for this mythical passage, entered the bay that bears his 
 name and perished in his attempt to solve it. 
 
 It was not until the eighteenth century that discoveries on the Pacific coast began 
 to take definite form. In 1728-29 Vitus Behring, a Dane, exploring for the Eussian 
 Government, sailed north through the etrait that now bears his name, thus proving a 
 passage from the Pacific, not to the Atlantic, but to the Arctic. In 1741, in company 
 with ChirikofF, he discovered Alaska and took possession of it for the Russians. 
 
 The year 1778 witnessed the return of British explorers, when Capt. James Cook, 
 searching still for the "northwest passage," landed at Nootka, on Vancouver island 
 The closing years of this century saw the race for national supremacy in tihese regions 
 in full swing. Between 1774 and 1779 Spanish and Mexican explorers were par- 
 ticularly active on the coast. In 1787 Admiral La Perouse led a French expedition 
 into these waters. The following year the United States of America, the new nation 
 of the new world, despatched a ship to the scene. 
 
 English and Spanish claims on Vancouver island threatened for a time to lead to 
 trouble, but were finally settled by the Nootka Convention of 1790, in which Spain 
 gave up her claims at this port to the English. In 1792 Narvez, a Spanish pilot, 
 discovered the mouth of the Eraser river, and the same year Capt. Gray discovered 
 the Columbia and took possession of it for the United States. Meanwhile Capt. 
 Vancouver was exploring in the vicinity of Puget sound and, had it not been for the 
 presence of heavy fogs, would have anticipated Gray by a couple of weeks, having 
 passed the mouth of the Columbia without seeing it. 
 
 The French did not follow up any discoveries on this coast, and the Spanish, 
 through lack of ships, withdrew to the more southerly shores. The close of the 
 eighteenth century saw the Russians holding Alaska and the coast from Sitka north, 
 the English practically established from that point as far south as Puget sound and 
 disputing with the Americans the possession of these regions, and the Americans and 
 Spanish holding the southern coast. 
 
 The British claim to the great interior, however, was made secure when, in 1793, 
 Alexander Mackenzie, a partner of the great Northwest Company, a rival of the 
 Hudson's Bay Company for the fur trade, ascended the Peace river and its southerly 
 branch the Parsnip, crossed to the Eraser and, after following it for some distance 
 below its confluence with the Nechako, turned west and made his way to the waters 
 of the Paciflc, which he reached at Bella Coola. This great feat solved the mystery 
 of the hidden lands 'beyond the mountains, opened up the way for the extension of the 
 fur trade and the occupation of the coast districts, and established beyond question the 
 British claim to these lands. For his great service to the Empire Mackenzie was 
 knighted. 
 
 The period of discovery closes with the eighteenth century and the period of 
 exploration and occupation commences with the nineteenth. Overland and by sea the 
 rush to the new land began. The Northwest Company lost no time in taking advan- 
 tage of the new field. Fort MacLeod was established in 1805, Fort St. James and 
 Fort Eraser in 1806, and Fort George in 1807. In 1808, Simon Eraser made his 
 famous descent of the Eraser river.
 
 12 Central British Coluvihia 
 
 Meanwhile the Americans had not been idle. To secure full advantage of Capt. 
 Gray's diecovery of the Columbia an overland expedition under Captains Lewis and 
 Clark was despatched. It reached the lower Columbia in 1806. In 1810 the Pacific 
 Fur Company was founded by Astor, and in the following year a post, Astoria, was 
 established by this company. The same year, 1811, another famous Canadian explorer 
 of the Northwest Company, David Thompson, traced the erratic Columbia from its 
 source to the sea. On reaching the lower waters of the river he found the newly- 
 erected fort of Astoria. 
 
 The newly-formed and inexperienced Pacific Fur Company failed to make a 
 success of its undertaking and in 1813, after two years of futile struggle, gave up 
 and sold out to the Northwest Company. War having broken out between Great 
 Britain and the United States, a British warship sailed into the mouth of the 
 Columbia and claimed possession of the district by right of conquest. 
 
 The only post having thus been purchased, and the lands claimed under conquest,, 
 it would appear that the British claims to a region extending as far south as |Drake's 
 '• New Albion " might have been considered legitimate. However, at the close of the 
 war of 1812-14, all confiscated territory was returned to the original holders, and, 
 further, by the Oregon Agreement of 1813 it was agreed that a " joint occupancy " of 
 this territory should be permitted. 
 
 In 1821 the Northwest and Hudson's Bay Companies united under the name of 
 Hudson's Bay Company, and the prosecution of the trade in this territory was 
 carried on with redoubled energy. Their trade extended southerly over a vast territory ,^ 
 including the present states of Washington, Oregon and Idaho. The great territory 
 virtually belonged to this powerful British company. A flood of American land- 
 seekers, however, soon found their way over the mountains and demanded that the 
 control of these lands be vested in their Government. In 1846, after twenty-eight 
 years of dispute under the joint occupancy agreement, the Oregon Treaty was passed, 
 fixing the 49th parallel of latitude as the southern boundary of British possessions on 
 the mainland. 
 
 This led to the withdrawal of the Hudson's Bay Company from active operation 
 on the lower Columbia river. In 1843 Victoria was founded by James Douglas, under 
 the instruction of the Hudson's Bay chief factor, John McLoughlin. Meanwhile Fort 
 Vancouver had been established in 1825, Fort Nass in 1830, and Fort Simpson (later 
 called Port Simpson) in 1834, to which the headquarters for the Nass and Skeena 
 districts were transferred from Fort Nass. Victoria became the headquarters for 
 the British territory lying west of the Rocky mountains and the Hudson's Bay 
 Company constituted its entire government. 
 
 In 1849 there occurred the great gold discoveries of California and the consequent 
 rueh of thousands to those regions. In order to forestall possible complications, the 
 Britifih Government the same year declared Vancouver island a Crown colony. 
 Victoria was made the capital and the island was turned over to the Hudson's Bay 
 Company for colonization purposes for a period of ten years. Richard Blanchard 
 was sent out as firfet governor in 1850, but finding no colony, apart from the fur 
 traders them-selves, and bring governor in name only, he retired the following year 
 and James Dduglas, the thf-n chief factor of the comjiany, succeeded him.
 
 Historical 13 
 
 In the years 1856-58 extensive discoveries of gold were made on the Fraser 
 river. Anticipating a rush of miners to these regions, and wishing to be prepared 
 to cope properly with the situation that would arise, the British Government declared 
 the mainland a Crown colony in 1858. It was given the name of British Columbia, 
 and James Douglas was made governor of both colonies. The rights of the Hudson's 
 Bay Company on Vancouver island, granted in 1849, were terminated by purchase. 
 This same year, 1858, the rights of the company to exclusive trading privileges on the 
 mainland, which at the amalgamation of 1821, had been granted for a period of 
 twenty-one years and renewed in 1838 for a further period of twenty years, expired. 
 
 This date then, 1858, may be taken as the closing of the reign of the great fur 
 company and the real commencement of colonial government. In 18GG, the two 
 colonies were united, and Governor Douglas retired from active partnership in the 
 Hudson's Bay Company to devote all his time to affairs of state. As governor he 
 filled the office and performed the arduous duties attached to it in those early days in a 
 most capable manner and for such signal service was knighted. His is a most 
 outstanding figure in British Columbia's early development. 
 
 Five years later the colony of British Columbia, which had now, through the rush 
 to its interior gold fields, attained a population of some 10,000 whites, cast in her lot 
 with the Dominion of Canada, joining Confederation in 1871. 
 
 In 1858 the present boundaries of the province were decided upon in so far as 
 internal arrangements in British possessions were concerned. In 1867 Alaska was 
 purchased from Kussia by the United States, and in 1871 the Washington Treaty 
 settled the Alaska-British Columbia boundary. 
 
 By the agreement upon which British Columbia joined the Confederation it was 
 stipulated that she should be connected by a transcontinental railway with the older 
 provinces. This was accomplished by the completion of the Canadian Pacific railway 
 in 1885. The population has grown from a total of about SBjOOO in 1871, of which 
 only about 10,000 were whites and the rest Indians, to some 523,353 at the last 
 Dominion census of 1921. 
 
 The representation of the province at the federal capital at Ottawa now consists 
 of 6 members in the Senate and 13 in the House of Commons. The Provincial 
 Government is made up of a Lieutenant-^Governor and a Legislative Assembly con- 
 sisting of 47 members. The Lieutenant-Governor now holding office is the Honourable 
 Walter Cameron Nichol and the Premier of the province is the Honourable John 
 ■Oliver. 
 
 In Central British Columbia, the belt of mainland lying between latitudes 52" 
 and 57° north, lie some of the oldest and most historic scenes of interest. The history 
 of the province is sometimes divided into three periods, the period of discovery, the 
 period of exploration, and the period of occupation. The central belt holds a stirring 
 place in the annals of all three. Three great discoveries hold an undying fame in 
 provincial records — Cook, Vancouver, and JUiackemzie. The two former are associated 
 with naval discoveries along the coast, but in Alexander Mackenzie, the central belt 
 has a discoverer of its own. From east to west he travelled across the breadth of the 
 province and kept within this central belt. Entering by way of Peace river he blazed 
 the way for further exploits past the spots where soon were to be erected under his
 
 14 Central British Columhia 
 
 direction such historic posts as Fort St. John, Eocky Mountain House and Fort 
 MacLeod. The Peace, Parsnip, Upper Fraser, Blackwater and Bella Coola rivers 
 were his discoveries in 1793, thus establishing a claim to this belt that has never been 
 disputed. 
 
 In the period of exploration this belt was one of the earliest districts to become 
 well known. Prominent among explorers are the names of Simon Fraser and David 
 Thompson, who, at an early date, roamed these districts at pleasure and pushed their 
 explorations southwards from bases established here. 
 
 As for the period of occupation, Central British Columbia holds the lead on the 
 mainland and, with the exception of Nootka, on Vancouver island. Fort St. John, 
 Rocky Mountain House, Fort MacLeod, Fort St. James, Fort Fraser, Fort George and 
 Quesnel were thriving centres of trade, with canoe brigades and pack trains going 
 back and forth from one to the other, before Astoria, Vancouver or Victoria were 
 dreamed of. Fort Xass and Fort (now Port) Simpson were sea ports of prime 
 importance before an anchor was dropped in E'squimalt or Burrard inlet. 
 
 At the time of Confederation the real industrial center of the province was the 
 Cariboo gold district, in which the magic city of Barkerville sprang up, and for a time 
 became the Mecca of the great far west. The Cariboo, Omineca and Cassiar gold- 
 fields led to the occupation of this region in advance of any of the present more 
 thickly-settled districts of the province, while the fur trade of the northern interior, 
 and the fish and seal trade of the coast regions about the mouth of the Skeena and 
 Xass rivers, opened up avenues of commerce through its entire breadth. 
 
 Before the construction of the Canadian Pacific railway there was a well-estab- 
 lished route of travel from east to- west far to the north of its location. River 
 steamers plied tlie Skeena from Port Essington to Hazelton. Pack trains and canoe 
 brigades had networks of routes between the coast and Rocky mountain ranges. 
 From these plateaus they found their way eastward through the Rockies, by the Peace, 
 Yellowhead or other passes. 
 
 The evolution of the province is sometimes divided into three political periods, 
 namely, the unorganized period, the colonial period and the Confederation period. 
 In the latter period only has Central British Columbia fallen behind. Had the Cana- 
 dian Pacific railway followed the route of the Yellowhead pass and Skeena river, and 
 had old Fort Simpson, the seaport of early days, been chosen as capital of the united 
 colonies, what a difference there v/ould have been. 
 
 Central British Columbia is not a new country by any means. It is the old 
 country of the Pacific slope. Unlike the eastern provinces, where development spread 
 from the earliest points of discovery and occupation, the development of British 
 Columbia has been in an inverse order. The great central belt of longest historic 
 interest has been pushed into the background through force of circumstances and is . 
 now juat bursting forth into its own.
 
 CLIMATE 
 
 The climate of Central British Columbia may be said, in general terms, to be 
 moderate or very temperate. It has a considerable yearly i-ange, and varies from 
 west to east in fairly well defined belts paralleling the coast line and the Kocky 
 mountains. Theee belts correspond closely to the topographical features of the 
 country, and may be roughly defined under four headings, namely, the Coastal belt, 
 the Interior Plateau belt, the Kocky Mountain belt and the Great Plains belt. The 
 Interior belt, in the southern part of the. province, is divided into wet and dry sections, 
 but the dry portion extends in a very limited degree into Central British Columbia 
 and may be omitted in considering the climate of this area. 
 
 The Coastal belt comprises that part lying west of the summit of the Coast 
 range of mountains. It has the mildest climate of the four belts, also the heaviest 
 precipitation. The mild climate is due mainly to the warm Japan ocean current, 
 which flows southerly along the coast and exerts a moderating influence somewhat 
 similar to that of the famous Gulf Stream of the Atlantic ocean. The westerly 
 winds of the Pacific liberate most of their moisture before crossing the high, cold 
 peaks of the Coast mountains, and thus give a very heavy rainfall in this belt. The 
 proximity of the ocean, with the moderating influence of its body of water, tends to 
 maintain a uniform and minimum range of daily variation in the temperature. The 
 range between summer and winter temperature is also small. Summer days seldom 
 rise above 80 degrees Fahrenheit, while the winters are comparatively mild, zero 
 weather being an exception. 
 
 The greater part of the precipitation of the Coast belt is in the form of rain, 
 except in the higher altitudes of the mountains, where snow can be seen at any time 
 of the year. The snowfall is nevertheless heavy, as the total yearly precipitation 
 amounts to about lOO inches on an average. In reckoning the total precipitation it 
 is the practice to consider ten inches of snow equal to one inch of rain. 
 
 On page 18 a table shows a summary of temperature and precipitation records 
 of the year 1'&18 obtained by the Meteorological Service of Canada at twelve stations 
 situated in various parts of Central British Columbia. Three of these are coast 
 stations, namely, Anyox, Prince Rupert and Bella Coola, while a fourth. Terrace, 
 lies in the Skeena valley in the heart of the Coast mountains. It will be observed, 
 by a reference to this table, that the coast stations show a heavy precipitation, that 
 of Prince Rupert amounting to 93-42 inches, Anyox 85-10, Bella Coola 58-01, and 
 Terrace 46-89. The average yearly precipitation is somewhat higher, that of Prince 
 Rupert being about 107 inches. On the immediate coast more rain and 
 snow falls than in the districts lying at the heads of inlets and in the river valleys 
 nearer the mountains. In January of 1918 Anyox had some 48 inches of snow 
 and Prince Rupert only 4, but the combined rainfall and snowfall of the one was 
 almost equal to that of the other. Bella Coola has an average yearly rainfall 
 of about 36 inches and a snowfall of about 54 inches. In the Naas valley the 
 rainfall and snowfall are both heavier. At Terrace both rain and snow are less. 
 Zero weather is seldom encountered in the coast regions. At Terrace the weather is 
 
 15
 
 16 CenlraJ British Columhia 
 
 seldom colder than 5 degrees below zero. The 6iio\v varies here from 2 to 3 feet deep 
 and lies on the ground from November till April. Though there are frequent and 
 heavy falk of rain and snow the weather on the whole is agreeable, and includes 
 many long epells of exceptionally cheerful days. 
 
 The Interior belt has an average elevation of over 2,000 feet, which gives it a 
 lighter barometric pressure than prevails in the coast district. The precipitation is 
 small; in parts of the Chilcotin country and south of Soda creek in the Fraser 
 valley it is insufficient for the requirements of ordinary agriculture. At Chilcotin 
 meteorological station the total fall for the year of 1918 was only about 8 inches. 
 
 In the great Nechako and Fraser plateaus the average annual precipitation is 
 about 15 inches, or a little more. This is about the same as prevails in the great 
 grain-growing sections of the Prairie Provinces, and has been found sufficient when 
 careful methods of farming are followed. Though irrigation may be resorted to 
 with advantage in certain localities, on the whole the moisture of this great district 
 is sufficient for the production of all ordinary fruits, vegetables, grains and grasses 
 common to districts of corresponding latitude throughout the west. 
 
 In this central belt there is a wider range in both daily and yearly temperatures. 
 The days are remarkably' warm and bright and the nights are cool. Summer tempera- 
 tures sometimes reach as high as 95 or lOO, while during short cold snaps in the 
 winter the thermometer may fall to about 50 degrees below zero. For the year 1918 
 New Hazeltun experienced temperatures varying from 93 above to 21 below, Vanderhoof 
 from 9-t to 50 below, Prince George from 88 to 5-1 below, Fort St. James from 92 
 to 48 below, Quesnel from 100 to 21 below, and Chilcotin from 91 to 30 below. 
 Spells of either hot or cold weather are usually of short duration only. The coldest 
 was that of 54 degrees below zero at Prince George, in January, but the average for 
 that month at this station was 18 degrees — a very moderate winter month on the 
 whole. The highest figure, 100, was recorded at Quesnel in July, but the average 
 for the month was 64. This is also a very moderate average for a summer month. 
 Both temperature and precioitation vary throughout the central interior according 
 to altitude and latitude. The agriculture and grazing areas have, taken the year 
 round, a climate very agreeable and favourable for the successful prosecution of 
 mixed farming and ranching. 
 
 In the more mountainous parts, such as the Cariboo mining fields, the weather 
 is colder, and there are much heavier falls of both rain and snow. Barkerville has 
 an average of 19 inches of rain and 156 inches of snow. Its elevation, however, is 
 over 4.000 feet, and the district is not within the limits of the agricultural areas. 
 
 The winters, like thr*e of the prairies, are cold and dry; the air is clear and 
 crisp; the amount of sunshine prevailing is exceptionally great, and there are very 
 few wind.s, thus giving a most pleasant .season. The snowfall is medium, and, with 
 an ab.sence of winds, the snow does not drift to any extent. Excellent sleighing is 
 thus enjoyed in tjiese parte. From time to time the warm Pacific wind sweeps through 
 the passes of the Coast range to the interior plateaus, giving days of balmy weather 
 to interrupt the more t-cvfro periods of winter. 
 
 Summer frosts prevail in many localities throughout the central interior plateaus. 
 They are not severe enough to interfere with the growing of fodder but do injure at 
 timefi the grains and fruit«. It is heliov.d. ]„,wr.vPr. that they will disappear as the
 
 Climate 1 7 
 
 land is cleared up and drained. An important factor in stimulating tlie growth of 
 all vegetation is the exceptional length of day that prevails in these latitudes during 
 the summer season. A wonderful amount of sunshine is liberated between May and 
 September. 
 
 In the Rocky Mountain belt the winters are fairly cold and the snowfall heavy 
 in the higher altitudes. In the Rocky Mountain trench, paralleling the western base 
 of this range, the climate is milder, with a range of temperature and an annual 
 precipitation favourable for the development of the rich agricultural areas lying in it. 
 It includes the valleys of the Canoe, South Fork of the Fraser, Parsnip and Finlay 
 rivers. 
 
 In the Great Plains division lies the northeastern part of Central British 
 Columbia, consisting of the upper part of the Peace River district. The climate here 
 is very agreeable and remarkably moderate considering the latitude. The winters are 
 dry and cold, except for short periods when affected by warm Chinook winds, but the 
 snowfall is light and the air clear and bracing. Winds and storms are rare and the 
 average temperature is not severe, though cold snaps sometimes occur, when the 
 thermometer goes as low as 50 degrees below zero. The coldest record of the year 
 1918 was 48 below and the mean temperature for January, the coldest month, was 
 1 below. Winter weather may be expected in October, though open falls are by no 
 means rare. There is seldom much severe weather before Christmas. 
 
 Spring comes early and quickly, and the summer seasons are pleasant, with long 
 sunny days and short cool nights. In fact, for some three months there is almost 
 continual daylight. The precipitation is light, averaging from 12 to 15 inches annu- 
 ally. It occurs, however, mostly in the form of rain during the growing months of 
 June and July, and is sufficient to ensure suecessfvil crops of all classes of vegetables, 
 grains and grasses. 
 
 Taken on the whole the climate of Central British Columbia may be termed mild 
 to moderate, varying according to belts, latitude and altitude. It is pleasant, health- 
 ful and favourable for agricultural activities. There are no objectionable extremes 
 of heat or cold, humidity or drought. Violent wind storms, hurricanes, blizzards and 
 tornadoes are unknown, and such electric storms as occur are not of undue severity. 
 Fogs and heavy cloudy weather prevail to a certain degree on the coast, but the 
 amount of sunshine is surprisingly high. 
 
 Following is a table showing the highest, lowest and mean temperature records 
 and the amount of precipitation for each month of the year 1918, at twelve repre- 
 sentative points through Central British Columbia. Thx-ee of these, Anyox, Prince 
 Rupert and Bella Coola, are on the coast, though their meteorological stations are 
 located at points varying in elevation from 150 to 370 feet above sea level. A fourth. 
 Terrace, is more inland, though its elevation is still low. It is on the Skeena river, 
 in a gorge of the Coast mountains. It will be observed that the weather here not 
 only becomes slightly colder but the range of temperature increases. The precipi- 
 tation also is less. 
 
 In the interior plateau are New Hazelton, Vanderhoof, Prince George and Fort 
 St. James, with Quesnel and Chilcotin lying farther south. Of these Quesnel and 
 New Hazelton have the mildest climates, with Chilcotin somewhat colder and drier. 
 The other stations are Cranberry Lake, well in the Rocky Mountain trench, on the 
 
 39736—2
 
 18 
 
 Central British Colunibia 
 
 divide between Tete Jaune Cache and Canoe river, and Hudson Hope, in the Peace 
 River district. The latitude, longitude, and elevation of each station is also shown 
 in the table. 
 
 CENTRAL BRITISH COLUMBIA 
 
 TEMPER.^TinE Ksvt Precipit.\tiox, 1918 
 
 Station 
 
 Anyox 
 
 Prince Rupert 
 
 Bella Coola 
 
 Latitude 
 Longitude 
 Elevation 
 
 55° 27' North 
 
 129° 48' West 
 
 370 feet 
 
 54° 18' North 
 
 130° 18' West 
 
 170 feet 
 
 52° 40' North 
 
 126° 54' West 
 
 150 feet 
 
 1918 
 
 Temperature 
 
 Precipi- 
 
 Tei 
 
 iiperature 
 
 Precipi- 
 tation 
 
 Temperature 
 
 Precipi- 
 
 Month 
 
 High 
 
 Low 
 
 Mean 
 
 tation 
 
 High 
 
 Low 
 
 Mean 
 
 High 
 
 Low 
 
 Mean 
 
 tation 
 
 
 40 
 
 36 
 42 
 64 
 72 
 77 
 90 
 SO 
 79 
 59 
 48 
 38 
 
 3 
 5 
 3 
 18 
 33 
 40 
 44 
 49 
 39 
 32 
 22 
 11 
 
 29 
 26 
 29 
 39 
 46 
 55 
 61 
 58 
 58 
 43 
 34 
 29 
 
 1006 
 9-97 
 8-36 
 3-42 
 3-77 
 1-59 
 2-45 
 5-78 
 1-85 
 
 17-18 
 8-59 
 
 12-08 
 
 54 
 50 
 50 
 57 
 66 
 72 
 81 
 78 
 79 
 63 
 60 
 47 
 
 20 
 14 
 11 
 26 
 34 
 36 
 44 
 48 
 42 
 34 
 28 
 24 
 
 38 
 33 
 35 
 41 
 45 
 52 
 58 
 56 
 55 
 48 
 40 
 36 
 
 10-92 
 5-66 
 913 
 4-86 
 7-13 
 4-75 
 509 
 8-38 
 2-20 
 14-64 
 10-20 
 10-61 
 
 45 
 42 
 46 
 75 
 76 
 81 
 88 
 80 
 85 
 64 
 52 
 43 
 
 8 
 10 
 
 5 
 24 
 31 
 32 
 
 42 
 34 
 26 
 26 
 19 
 
 32 
 28 
 32 
 43 
 49 
 55 
 
 59 
 61 
 
 47 
 37 
 33 
 
 7-24 
 
 
 6-96 
 
 
 7-26 
 
 April 
 
 0-63 
 
 Mav 
 
 1-78 
 
 
 1-95 
 
 Julv 
 
 4-88 
 
 
 3-78 
 
 September 
 
 October 
 
 0-23 
 7-46 
 
 November 
 
 December 
 
 5-83 
 1001 
 
 Year 
 
 90 
 
 3 
 
 42-25 
 
 85 10 
 
 81 
 
 11 
 
 44-75 
 
 93-57 
 
 88 
 
 5 
 
 — 
 
 58-01 
 
 
 
 Station 
 
 Terrace 
 
 New Hazelton 
 
 Vanderhoof 
 
 Latitude 
 Longitude 
 
 Elevntion 
 
 54° 30' North 
 128° 30' West 
 223 feet 
 
 55° 15' North 
 127° 35' West 
 1,030 feet 
 
 54° 0' North 
 124° 0' West 
 2,093 feet 
 
 1918 
 
 Temperature 
 
 Precipi- 
 tation 
 
 Temperature 
 
 Precipi- 
 tation 
 
 Temperature 
 
 Precipi- 
 
 Month 
 
 High 
 
 Low 
 
 Mean 
 
 High 
 
 Low 
 
 Mean 
 
 High 
 
 Low 
 
 Mean 
 
 tation 
 
 Januarv 
 
 52 
 
 49 
 47 
 70 
 75 
 
 79 
 
 ','<» 
 M 
 64 
 68 
 
 3 
 3 
 -2 
 18 
 28 
 33 
 43 
 42 
 32 
 29 
 
 30 
 25 
 28 
 41 
 48 
 56 
 64 
 59 
 58 
 45 
 
 6-27 
 5-69 
 2-73 
 0-24 
 1-49 
 4-21 
 3-72 
 3-45 
 0-56 
 8-77 
 5-41 
 
 43 
 
 41 
 51 
 72 
 77 
 82 
 93 
 78 
 79 
 63 
 50 
 42 
 
 -21 
 
 -20 
 
 -15 
 
 14 
 
 24 
 
 30 
 
 35 
 
 36 
 
 23 
 
 21 
 
 15 
 
 -8 
 
 22 
 21 
 28 
 42 
 48 
 55 
 61 
 56 
 53 
 43 
 33 
 25 
 
 1-95 
 0-88 
 118 
 0-49 
 1-42 
 2-22 
 1-83 
 2-23 
 0-51 
 3-03 
 1-49 
 1-17 
 
 43 
 44 
 54 
 69 
 77 
 80 
 94 
 81 
 81 
 67 
 52 
 39 
 
 -50 
 
 -38 
 
 -39 
 
 3 
 
 23 
 
 25 
 
 30 
 
 32 
 
 23 
 
 17 
 
 -4 
 
 -23 
 
 12 
 10 
 20 
 37 
 44 
 51 
 58 
 54 
 52 
 39 
 29 
 17 
 
 3-02 
 
 February 
 
 March 
 
 April 
 
 May.... 
 June. . . 
 
 July 
 
 August . . 
 
 Septembt-f 
 
 October 
 
 1-79 
 1-06 
 0-20 
 0-45 
 0-92 
 2-23 
 1-30 
 003 
 1-11 
 
 
 0-69 
 
 December 
 
 42 
 
 10 
 
 30 
 
 
 1-80 
 
 Year 
 
 90 
 
 -2 
 
 ,93 
 
 1 1 
 
 -21 
 
 40-58 
 
 18-40 
 
 94 
 
 -50 
 
 35-25 
 
 14-60 
 

 
 Climate 
 
 19 
 
 CENTRAL BRITISH COLUMBIA— Continued 
 Temperature and PREanxATioN, 1918 — Continued 
 
 Station 
 
 Prince George 
 
 Fort St. James 
 
 Quesnel 
 
 Latitude 
 
 Longitude 
 
 Elevation 
 
 53° 55' North 
 122° 41' West 
 1,867 feet 
 
 54° 28' North 
 124° 12' West 
 2,280 feet 
 
 52° 59' North 
 122° 30' West 
 1,700 feet 
 
 1918 
 Month 
 
 Temperature 
 
 High Low Mean 
 
 Precipi- 
 tation 
 
 Temperature 
 
 High Low [ Mean 
 
 Precipi- 
 tation 
 
 Temperature 
 
 High Low Mean 
 
 Precipi- 
 tation 
 
 January 
 
 February . . 
 
 March 
 
 April 
 
 May 
 
 June 
 
 July 
 
 August 
 
 September 
 October. . . 
 November 
 December. 
 
 Year 
 
 50 
 46 
 54 
 74 
 76 
 83 
 88 
 82 
 84 
 76 
 51 
 43 
 
 -54 
 
 -37 
 
 -35 
 
 9 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 28 
 
 38 
 
 25 
 
 19 
 
 -3 
 
 -15 
 
 18 
 16 
 26 
 41 
 48 
 55 
 57 
 58 
 53 
 43 
 30 
 22 
 
 -54 
 
 38-92 
 
 3-86 
 0-36 
 1-74 
 006 
 0-38 
 2- 03 
 0-52 
 302 
 004 
 2-05 
 0-61 
 1-30 
 
 45 
 45 
 51 
 64 
 74 
 82 
 92 
 79 
 81 
 59 
 50 
 40 
 
 -48 
 
 -38 
 
 -33 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 22 
 
 24 
 
 27 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 -8 
 
 -18 
 
 14 
 11 
 
 19 
 35 
 42 
 51 
 56 
 54 
 48 
 37 
 27 
 17 
 
 2-61 
 1-22 
 0-59 
 015 
 0-41 
 0-96 
 1-68 
 1-58 
 008 
 2-07 
 0-84 
 0-96 
 
 48 
 48 
 63 
 79 
 80 
 90 
 100 
 89 
 82 
 72 
 56 
 44 
 
 -21 
 
 -16 
 
 -17 
 
 15 
 
 27 
 
 31 
 
 33 
 
 40 
 
 32 
 
 24 
 
 11 
 
 -7 
 
 21 
 20 
 30 
 44 
 50 
 59 
 64 
 61 
 56 
 44 
 34 
 23 
 
 411 
 0-90 
 0-45 
 
 1-56 
 2-19 
 1-28 
 216 
 0-13 
 1-51 
 0-60 
 0-80 
 
 15-97 
 
 92 
 
 -48 
 
 34-25 
 
 13 15 
 
 100 
 
 -21 
 
 42-17 
 
 •Station 
 
 Chilcotin 
 
 Cranberry Lake 
 
 Hudson Hope 
 
 Latitude 
 
 Longitude 
 
 Elevation 
 
 51° 40' North 
 123° 0' West 
 3,100 feet 
 
 52° 50' North 
 119° 20' West 
 2,460 feet 
 
 56° 05' North 
 121° 55' West 
 1,522 feet 
 
 1918 
 Month 
 
 Temperature 
 
 High Low Mean 
 
 Precipi- 
 tation 
 
 Temperature 
 
 High Low Mean 
 
 Precipi- 
 tation 
 
 Temperature 
 
 High Low Mean 
 
 Precipi- 
 tation 
 
 January 
 
 February. . . 
 
 March 
 
 April 
 
 May 
 
 June 
 
 July 
 
 August 
 
 September. 
 
 October 
 
 November. 
 December. 
 
 Year 
 
 46 
 
 -30 
 
 48 
 
 -21 
 
 56 
 
 -21 
 
 71 
 
 5 
 
 76 
 
 21 
 
 88 
 
 28 
 
 91 
 
 34 
 
 80 
 
 26 
 
 64 
 
 16 
 
 53 
 
 -4 
 
 50 
 
 -22 
 
 91 
 
 -30 
 
 17 
 16 
 24 
 40 
 45 
 54 
 60 
 
 '54' 
 40 
 27 
 19 
 
 1-45 
 015 
 015 
 014 
 1-11 
 0-88 
 2-81 
 
 0-00 
 003 
 0-20 
 1-00 
 
 42 
 40 
 56 
 70 
 74 
 85 
 95 
 89 
 81 
 66 
 43 
 40 
 
 95 
 
 -44 
 
 -32 
 
 -33 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 28 
 
 27 
 
 34 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 -6 
 
 -24 
 
 -44 
 
 19 
 16 
 27 
 38 
 45 
 54 
 59 
 56 
 51 
 42 
 29 
 22 
 
 38-17 
 
 1-75 
 1-74 
 2-22 
 015 
 1-62 
 1-34 
 1-23 
 1-36 
 110 
 1-56 
 1-14 
 1-65 
 
 16-86 
 
 49 
 46 
 49 
 71 
 80 
 83 
 96 
 81 
 86 
 72 
 55 
 46 
 
 96 
 
 -48 
 
 -44 
 
 -31 
 
 9 
 
 18 
 
 28 
 
 32 
 
 34 
 
 25 
 
 -1 
 
 -5 
 
 -25 
 
 -48 
 
 -1 
 6 
 16 
 41 
 46 
 54 
 59 
 59 
 55 
 35 
 24 
 16 
 
 34-17 
 
 1-22 
 M2 
 1-06 
 0-29 
 1-23 
 3-75 
 2-79 
 1-75 
 015 
 1-22 
 0-66 
 0-45 
 
 15-69 
 
 39736 — 2i
 
 Homestead at Fraser lake, British Columl)ia. 
 
 Field of potatix'M on ranch at Fraspr lake, Hritisli Colunibia.
 
 SOIL 
 
 As no comprehensive soil survey of Central British Columbia has yet been 
 attempted the information available is of necessity of a more or less general character. 
 Considerable information regarding the soils in various scattered localities is, however, 
 given in the reports of surveyors or others especially interested in the agicultural 
 possibilities of the region. 
 
 Much of Central British Columbia is mountainous, but large areas occur where 
 the land is well adapted for agriculture. West of the Rocky mountains the arable soils 
 may be divided into two groups, the one including the valley bottom and terrace soils, 
 the other including the upland soils of the great central plateaus. East of the Rocky 
 mountains the soil belongs to the Great Plains division of Western Canada. 
 
 The soils of the valley bottoms and lower terraces are mainly alluvial, or, as they 
 are often called, river-made soils. These valley flats have been gradually built up by 
 deposition of sediment from the flood-waters of the present streams. The lower 
 terraces, or benches, which, in many places, border the sides of the valleys and rise one 
 above the other, are also mainly alluvial in character, and represent the flood plains 
 of the rivers when they flowed at higher levels. Through these extensive alluvial flats 
 the rivers cut ever-changing channels, and on the portions built up above water level 
 vegetation quickly acquires a foothold. The heaviest forests of British Columbia are 
 found growing on these flats, and wherever soil of this nature occurs most luxuriant 
 vegetation in greater or lesser form is found. 
 
 A marked feature of the alluvial soils is that they contain large quantities of 
 vegetable or organic matter, included during the gradual process of formation of the 
 soil. The presence of this organic matter, often to a depth of several feet, furnishes 
 the soil with a vast store of humus and renders such soils highly fertile. 
 
 This soil is for the most part fine and silty, free from stones and exceedingly easy 
 to till. It lends itself readily to irrigation and does not bake when drying out. It is 
 usually black or chocolate coloured. In places where the soil is more sandy and 
 contains little organic matter the colour is whitish or a light shade of brown or 
 yellow. In some oases the presence of mineral matter produces more marked colouring, 
 such as dull-red hues. 
 
 This class of soil is especially adapted to the growing of small fruits, garden 
 truck of all kinds, flowers and generally such varieties as are associated with the 
 most intensive methods of land cultivation. 
 
 The soils of the higher terraces bordering the river valleys somewhat resemble 
 the alluvial soils of the lower terraces and valley bottoms. The higher terraces rise 
 to a height of several hundred feet above the valley bottoms and in places extend for 
 several miles from the streams. It is believed that a series of glacially dammed lakes 
 occupied these valleys in prehistoric times. On disappearing they left a great deposit 
 known as the white silts. This silt is found in places to a depth of 40 to 50 feet. 
 Many of the higher terraces are formed from the erosion of these silts and are in places 
 overlain by alluvium, hence the soils resemble those of the lower terraces and river 
 bottom. Much of the soil in the Nechako and Fraser valleys is of this nature. 
 
 21
 
 22 Central British Columbia 
 
 The upland soils of the great Central Plateau belt vary considerably, and on the 
 whole are exceedingly rich. They are formed chiefly from glacial drift and vary in 
 character according to variations in the materials comprising the drift. A large part 
 of the soil is formed from boulder clay, and hence is somewhat clayey in character 
 and is retentive of moisture. The surface soil, to a depth of several inches, is usually 
 black, showing the presence of a good supply of humus. 
 
 Eidges of gravel, and small boulders are occasionally found on the higher plateaus 
 and some of the bench lands are stony. Many of the small tributary valleys are found 
 to be sandy and stony, while lighter and gravelly soils cover many of the high benches 
 and lower range of hills. 
 
 On some hillsides and low ridges or plateaus are found heavy clayey soils. Over 
 certain areas fires have burnt off the humus from the surface soil, rendering it unpro- 
 ductive and difficult to till in its present condition. Such soils, when treated with a 
 fair coating of fertilizer, rapidly regain their fertility and usually prove lasting. 
 
 The sandy, gravelly and stony soils, though not favourable for cultivation 
 purposes, nevertheless produce great quantities of grass and herbage and are well 
 adapted for grazing purposes. 
 
 The soils of the area east of the Eocky mountains are similar to the soils of the 
 great plains region and are in part prairie soils. For the most part they are clayey in 
 character and have a black surface soil of considerable depth, -with a clay subsoil 
 underlain by horizontal beds of shale and sand rock. One of the principal charac- 
 teristics of this soil is its ability to retain moisture. This property enables it to force 
 a luxuriant growth of vegetation even when the precipitation is light. Irrigation, 
 therefore, is unnecessary in these sections, even though the rainfall only averages 
 from 12 to 15 inches a year. 
 
 The prairie soils are also easy to till and do not bake following heavy rains. 
 The surface soil is thin or lacking in very small areas, while on the contrary the black 
 surface toil often extends to a depth of 3 feet or even more. The clay, of course, is 
 found exposed along the cut banks and steep ravines approaching the foothills. 
 Sandy and gravelly soils are found in limited areas only. There is no alkali and 
 very little gumbo. 
 
 West of the Eocky mountains gumbo is found on some hillsides and cut banks. 
 It has given more or less trouble on the grade of the Pacific Great Eastern about 
 Quesnel and between Qucsnel and Prince George. There is very little hard-pan in the 
 central belt. Poor and rocky soils are found mainly at the higher altitudes, where 
 climatic conditions are unfavourable for agriculture. 
 
 In general terms, it may be said that the arable soils of British Columbia are 
 rich and easily worked, and are adapted to all classes of farming and fruit growing, 
 according to the climatic conditions of the locality.
 
 FORESTS 
 
 The forests of British Columbia harmonize with its mountains in their grandeur 
 and extent. Here are found gigantic trees of rugged trunks and lofty heads, broad- 
 ened and heightened by centuries of growth, that almost suggest an inspiration 
 caught from the massive ranges and lofty peaks on the slopes of which they grow. 
 Nature's works in these fields are on a scale of massive splendor and her forests fairly 
 rival her mountains and valleys or her lakes and rivers in their wonderful propor- 
 tions. Like stately sentinels they guard the deep silent valleys and clothe the mas- 
 sive rising mountain sides in luxuriant mantles of richest green. In perfect harmony 
 with the wonderful physical characteristics of the great province they provide a 
 background or setting to the picture presented, softening and smoothing the rugged 
 lines and giving the finishing touches to make it one of the most beautiful and yet 
 awe-inspiring scenes of the world. 
 
 The greatest single forest area in the world is that found on the Pacific slope of 
 the North American continent. It is over 2,000 miles in length and extends in 
 breadth from the Pacific ocean to the Rocky mountains. In this forest region are 
 found some of the oldest and largest trees ever discovered. From them are secured 
 timbers of the largest dimensions and strongest properties produced in the world. 
 But not only in size and strength do these timbers excel. The clearness of the wood 
 and the beauty of its grain are most remarkable, while the lasting quality of the fibre 
 still further enhances its value. This great forest area contains over half the standing 
 timber of the North American continent. The province of British Columbia occu- 
 pies the north central portion of this great belt. Thus as an integral part of this, the 
 world's greatest forest region, the forests of British Columbia may justly be regarded 
 with admiration. 
 
 The economic value of these forests is in keeping with other great resources of 
 the province. They are believed to contain about one-half of the saw material of the 
 whole Dominion of Canada. The mild climate of the coast regions and the heavy 
 precipitation which prevails there have resulted in producing, not only a prolific 
 growth of trees of large size, but trees whose wood is unexcelled in clearness, strength 
 and beauty. Though less in size, the trees of the interior parte of the province still 
 maintain in goodly proportion the high standard of value that the woods of the 
 coast are found to possess. 
 
 Four species in particular have made the forests of British Columbia famous. 
 They are the Douglas fir, the western hemlock, the red cedar and the 'Sitka or silver 
 spruce. The great age and size attained by these species and the value and beauty 
 of their woods give them an undisputed rank among the famous trees of the world. 
 In all some 48 species are found, of which 22 are coniferous (evergreen) and 26 
 deciduous. The trees of commercial value are nearly all coniferous. They comprise 
 16 species belonging to this class and one to the deciduous. .' f- .-. 
 
 The Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga mucronata) is also known as the red fir, yellow fir, 
 Oregon pine, Columbia pine and Douglas spruce. It is one of the most important timber 
 trees in the world. In size it is surpass'id only by the Sequoia of California. Its aver- 
 age height is 150 to 225 feet, with a diameter of 3 to 6 feet, but it sometimes attains a 
 
 23
 
 24 Central Brituh Columhia 
 
 height of 250 feet with a diameter up to 9 feet. Many growing trees are known to be 
 over oCK) years old, while some reach ages of 1,000 years before showing signs of decay. 
 Its wood is the strongest wood in the world for its weight that is obtainable in com- 
 mercial sizes and quantities. It is ideal for building and structural timber and 
 increases in strength as it seasons. The enormous beams sawn from this wood are 
 used in heavy construction all over the world. Its range of uses varies all the way 
 from the heaviest to the lightest work, the beautiful grain of its wood making it most 
 attractive for interior decoration purposes. Douglas tir reaches perfection on the 
 southern part of the British Columbia mainland and on Vancouver island, but it is 
 also found in considerable quantities throughout Central British Columbia. 
 
 Western hemlock {Tsuga heterophylla) is also known as gray fir, Alaska spruce, 
 western hemlock fir, western hemlock spruce, hemlock spruce and Prince Albert fir. 
 Four species of hemlock are found in North America, of which western hemlock is the 
 largest and yields the best lumber. It grows from 125 to 150 feet high as a rule with 
 a diameter of 2 to 5 feet but sometimes reaches greater proportions. The cool, moist 
 climate of the coast is especially favourable to its growth, but it is found in Central 
 British Columbia in the valleys of the South fork of the Fraser and the upper part 
 of the Thompson. Its wood is light, fairly soft, strong, tough, straight-grained, not 
 splintery, odorless and tasteless. It contains no pitch or resin and varies from light 
 to reddish-brown in colour. It is easy to work, and finishes most beautifully. When 
 stained and pKjlished it is very handsome. The wood is also suitable for the manu- 
 facture of pulp and paper and the bark is rich in tannic acid. 
 
 Western red cedar (Thuja plicata) is also known as giant cedar, British Columbi.'i 
 cedar, Pacific red cedar, canoe cedar, western cedar and shingle cedar. Of the four 
 true cedars, two of which are found in Asia and two in America, the western red 
 species is by far the biggest and its wood the best. Its usual proportions are from 
 100 to 150 feet in height and 3 to 8 feet in diameter, but it sometimes reaches a height 
 of 200 feet with a diameter of 15 feet. Its most remarkable characteristics are its 
 durability and resistance to decay. The wood is exceptionally light, soft and of close, 
 straight grain. It is easy to handle and work and is remarkably free from warping, 
 shrinking or swelling. These qualities make it much in demand for uses where it 
 will be exposed to dampness. It has thus become the greatest shingle wood of North 
 America. It is also used extensively for exterior finish, light frame construction, piles, 
 posts, poles, canoe and rowbnat building, trellis work, fences, frames and sashes and 
 generally in places where it will be exposed to the weather or the damp soil. 
 
 It is also widely used in the manufacture of moth-proof chests, drawers and boxes. 
 Its rich browni*-h-red colour, exceeding lightness and faint pleasing aroma make it 
 especially popular for such uses. It was these great cedars that the coast Indians used 
 in the making of their huge war canoes and totem poles. They also used the inner 
 fibres of the bark to make lopes, blankets and mats as well as thatches for their cabins. 
 
 The Sitka spruce (Picea sitchensis) is also called the giant spruce, silver spruce, 
 tideland spruce and Alaska spruce. It is the largest species of the spruce family, of 
 which some eighteen varieties are found in North America. It grows only on the 
 Pacific coa^t aod attains perfection along the coast of Central British Columbia and 
 on Queen Charlotte island?. The average height of this tree is 150 feet, with a 
 diameter of 4 feet, but it has been known to reach over 200 feet in height with a 
 diameter up to 10 or 15 feet.
 
 Forests 25 
 
 The wood is unusually clear and free from defects and can be obtained in large 
 dimensions. It is even-grained, long-fibred, easily worked, non-resinous, odorless, 
 tasteless, flexible and resonant. It does not warp or split and is strong and light. 
 The colour is nearly white. 
 
 During the great war it was found that this wood excelled that of any other in 
 the world for the construction of aeroplanes. Its unsurpassed qualities and abundani, 
 quantities were soon recognized and a large trade in this connection was quickly 
 established with the Imperial Munitions Board. It is admirably adapted also foi 
 box and cooperage manufacture, especially when foodstuffs are to be encased. Its 
 resonant qualities also fit it especially for the manufacture of piano sounding boards 
 and stringed instruments. 
 
 In the forest of Central British Columbia are found nearly all the trees common 
 to the great Pacific slope belt, except in those parts lying north of the Arctic-Pacific 
 divide and east of the Eocky mountains. Excellent specimens of the four famous 
 species referred to in the preceding paragraphs are found in these certain sections. 
 The spruces, however, of which there are several species, comprise nearly half the 
 available saw-mill material of this region and are the most widely distributed. Nearly 
 nine-tenths of the total supply is made up of six principal varieties of trees, but there 
 are some ten varieties in all that have an extensive supply of mill material. The.se 
 principal species in the order of their extent are : spruce, red cedar, balsam, hemlock, 
 lodgepole pine, Douglas fir, yellow cypress, cottonwood, yellow pine, and white pine. 
 With the exception of the cottonwood they are all evergreens. 
 
 The spruce include four varieties, namely, Sitka, Engelmann, white and black. 
 Sitka spruce grows on the coast only. The bulk of the spruce woods of Central British 
 Columbia are composed of the Avhite and Engelmann varieties, which are very similar 
 to each other. Engelmann spruce is frequently called mountain, Eocky mountain 
 or western white spruce. Black spruce is small and stunted, usually growing in cold 
 wet lands; it is commonly called swamp spruce. 
 
 Only one species of cedar, the famous red, is found west of the prairies. It is 
 confined to the coast and interior wet belt regions of British Columbia. The balsam 
 or balsam fir is widely distributed throughout Central British Columbia. Its wood is 
 largely used for the manufacture of pulp but when sawn into lumber makes a finished 
 product of fair quality. Its winter buds are small, covered with resin and not pointed, 
 while those of the Douglas fir are pointed and free from resin. Two species of hemlock 
 occur, the great western and a small tree, the 'black or mountain hemlock. 
 
 The lodgepole pine, also known as black pine, scrub pine, shore pine and western 
 jackpine, has a very large range, and is found in all parts of Central British Columbia. 
 In dense stands, occurring in the eastern sections, it develops tall, straight trunks, but 
 the coast trees are shorter and have branches extending all the way down the stem. 
 Douglas fir grows to perfection on Vancouver island and the adjacent mainland eoasr, 
 but is found in Central British Columbia throughout most of the areas drained by 
 the Eraser, Nechako, Bella Coola and Canoe rivers. Its northern limit is approxi- 
 mately latitude 55. 
 
 The yellow cypress is confined to the coast districts. This tree is also commonly 
 known as the yellow cedar, Alaskan cypress and the Nootka cyprees. It grows in 
 association with the Sitka spruce and western red cedar and is often mistaken for the 
 cedar.
 
 26 Central British Columbia 
 
 The cottonwoods belong to the poplar family, of which there are many species. 
 The black cottonwood, otherwise known as the balsam Cottonwood, balm cottonwood 
 or western balm, is the only deciduous tree in Britioh Columhia used to any extent in 
 the manufacture of lumber. It grows to a large size and is found extensively along 
 the rivers of Central British Columbia and the coast regions. Its wood is non-resinous 
 and is used chiefly in cooperage and box making industries. The Indians use this 
 tree extensively in making their "dugout" canoes. 
 
 Small quantities of yellow pine, also known as 'bull pine, are found in the south 
 central districts of British Columbia. In the same regions are found also very limited 
 quantities of white pine, sometimes known as silver pine. Both yellow and w'hite pine 
 make excellent lumber, similar to the fast disappearing pine woods of Eastern Canada. 
 
 Western larch and tamarack are found in small quantities and are used locally to 
 some extent. Other evergreen trees found include the western yew and the Eocky 
 mountain juniper. 
 
 Of deciduous trees the following species are found in the province: Garry oak, 
 madrona, broad-leaved maple, vine maple, dwarf maple, aspen, balm of Gilead, black 
 cottonwood, paper birch, western birch, Alaska birch, mountain birch, mountain alder, 
 red alder, Sitka alder, white alder, Oregon crabapple, western service-berry, black 
 cherry, black haw, western chokecherry, western dogwood, western black willow, long- 
 leaved willow. Hooker willow and silky willow. The largest of these is the cotton- 
 wood. 
 
 In a recent report, entitled " Forests of British Columbia," prepared by H. N. 
 Whitford, Ph.D., and E. D. Craig, F.E., under the direction of Clyde Leavitt, Chief 
 Forester, Commission of Conservation, Canada, the estimated extent of the available 
 saw-mill material of the province has heen shown. These estimates were established 
 only after a most exhaustive study of forest conditions in this province and may be 
 considered substantially accurate. The following table, applicable to Central British 
 Columbia, has been compiled from this source. It consists of two parts, the first 
 showing the timber by districts and the second by species. For this purpose Central 
 British Columbia will be found divided into four principal regions, coast, north 
 central, south central, and east of Eocky mountains. Each of these regions is further 
 subdivided into local districts and the total estimated amount of commercial timber 
 shown for each district. In the second part of the table the estimated amounts of the 
 various species of timber are shown for each of the four main regions.
 
 Forests 
 
 27 
 
 CENTRAL BRITISH COLUMBIA 
 *EsTiMATED Amount of Merchantable Timber (by districts) 
 
 Region 
 
 District 
 
 M.B.F. 
 
 Total 
 
 South Central. 
 
 North Central. 
 
 East of Rocky Mountains. 
 
 Northern Mainland Coast . 
 
 Big Bend and Canoe river. 
 
 Adams and Seymour 
 
 North Thompson 
 
 Bonaparte and Mahood 
 
 Bridfie and Chilcotin 
 
 Nechako and Blackwater. . 
 
 Quesnel river 
 
 Willow and Bowron , 
 
 Upper Eraser 
 
 Parsnip 
 
 Stuart, Salmon and Nation. 
 
 Upper Skeena , 
 
 Upper Nass 
 
 Finlay 
 
 South Pine 
 
 Peace river block 
 
 North Pine and Halfway. 
 
 Smith and Rivers inlet 
 
 Burke and Dean channels 
 
 Gardner Canal 
 
 Skeena river to Portland Canal. 
 
 6,266,000 
 2,808,800 
 4.536 000 
 1,814,400 
 2,191,360 
 4,478,400 
 5,736,000 
 7,761,600 
 10,420,800 
 
 7,382,500 
 6,959,600 
 10,140,400 
 9,908,800 
 3,518,400 
 
 6,625,200 
 
 4,545,000 
 
 134,400 
 
 4,705,000 
 4,715,000 
 6,424,000 
 7,131,120 
 
 46,013.360 
 
 37,909.700 
 
 11,304.600 
 
 22,975.120 
 
 Total 118,202,780 
 
 CENTRAL BRITISH COLUMBIA 
 Estimated Amount of Merchantable Timber (by spectes) 
 
 Species 
 
 Region 
 
 South 
 Central 
 
 M.B.F. 
 
 North 
 Central 
 
 M.B.F. 
 
 East of 
 Rocky Mts. 
 
 M.B.F. 
 
 N. Main 
 Coast 
 
 M.B.F. 
 
 Total 
 
 M.B.F. 
 
 Douglas fir 
 
 Red cedar 
 
 Hemlock 
 
 Balsam 
 
 Spruce 
 
 White pine 
 
 Lodgepole pine. 
 
 Yellow pine 
 
 Cottonwood . . . . 
 Yellow cypress. 
 
 5,541,190 
 
 10,121,304 
 
 2,888,344 
 
 4,206,442 
 
 19,096,266 
 
 313,355 
 
 3,379,643 
 
 466,816 
 
 841,272 
 
 1.327,292 
 
 4,053,128 
 
 7,195,936 
 
 21,742,819 
 
 331,260 
 8,041,040 
 
 1,292.490 
 5,148,595 
 7,686.270 
 3,117,835 
 4.368,695 
 
 2.647,849 
 
 2,932.300 
 
 1,680 
 
 101.404 
 
 457,020 
 902,525 
 
 7,674,952 
 
 16,597,191 
 
 14,627,742 
 
 14,851,473 
 
 53.248,820 
 
 313.355 
 
 8.961.472 
 
 466,816 
 
 558,424 
 
 902,535 
 
 46,013,360 
 
 37,909.700 
 
 11,304.600 
 
 22.975,120 
 
 118,202,780 
 
 *"Forests of British Columbia, 
 of Conservation. Ottawa. Canada. 
 
 by H. N. Whitford, PhD., and R. D. Craig, F. E., Commission
 
 28 Central British Columbia 
 
 This eetimate shows a total of 118,202,780,000 board feet. A conservative figure, 
 in round numbers, would be one hundred million of thousand board feet, including 
 much of tlie best wood uf the world. Not only is the present value to be considered 
 but the futurf possibilities must be reckoned with. By a proi^er prevention of waste 
 and an adequate fire protection, coupled with a policy of selective cutting and 
 re-fcrestution, this source of supply should prove inexhaustible and permanent. 
 
 Naturally the lumbering industry has assumed great proportions in these dis- 
 tricts. There are two principal centres or belts where this industry has centred. 
 These are the coast regions, of which Prince Kupert is the centre, and the upper 
 valley of the Fraser river, from Prince George eastward along the Grand Trunk 
 Pacific railway as far as McBride. On the coast are found large and most modernly- 
 equipped sawmills. Logs are cut and hauled out of the bush on specially constructed 
 railways, rafted together and towed by powerful tugs to the mills, where they are 
 cut into the required dimensions at marvellous rates of speed. These regions, on 
 account of the numerous inlets and channels, make the wood most accessible, and 
 the shipping facilities by land and sea to the widely-scattered markets of the world 
 are of the best. 
 
 The interior mills are not so large, nevertheless their capacity ranges from 
 15,000 to 100.000 feet per day. Some IS mills are located in this belt, and it is 
 expected this number will shortly be increased to 25. The output for 1918 was 
 nearly 30 million board feet. This was nearly all shii)ped east to the prairies. 
 
 Two huge pulp-mills operate on the coast, namely, the Pacific Mills Limited, at 
 Ocean Falk, and the WhalcJi Pulp and Paper Mills, at Swaneon Bay. The Ocean 
 Falls plant represents an investment of over ten million dollars, and is a splendid 
 example of a modern plant. Some 850 to 900 hands are employed, including many 
 returned soldiers. News, wrapping and kraft papers are manufactured, the daily 
 output being about 225 tons. A modern " company " town gives ample housing 
 accommodation to the employees. At Swanson Bay a sulphite plant turns out about 
 30 tons of pulp daily. A sawmill is also run in connection with it. 
 
 Arrangements are under way for the manufacture of pulp at Prince Rupert and 
 Prince George. 
 
 Almost unlimited quantities of imlpwood are available in these districts. Many 
 other localities, both on the coast and in the interior, contain vast quantities of woods 
 suitable for the manufacture of pulp and paper and the expansion of this industry 
 may be expected. The total amount of pulpwood available in the whole province has 
 been estimated at 225 million cords. 
 
 Many small local and jtortable mills are scattered all through the central belt. 
 Outfide the commercial lumbering areas there is a supply of wood sufficient to meet 
 the requirements of the settlers and farmers for a long time. Wood for fuel and 
 fencing is plentiful, wliile the ever-increasing mining industry finds a ready supply 
 for timbering purjKises. Tlie noble forests of Central British Columbia are a source 
 of never-failing admiration and an asset of inestimable value.
 
 Seal Cove sawmill and Canadian Pish and Cold Storage Company's plant (rear view), 
 Prince Rupert, British Columbia. 
 
 Prince Rupert drydocks and shipbuilding yards. (Photographed on February 19, 1920.)
 
 MINERALS 
 
 The mineral resources of British Columbia are most extensive and widely dis- 
 tributed and include many precious and base ores and non-metallic substances. The 
 total production for all years up to and including 1920 shows a gross value of $706,- 
 192,978, according to the estimate of the provincial Department of Mines. The 
 largest item is represented by the coal and coke output, with some $212,573,492 to its 
 credit. Gold takes second place with a total output of $178,698,026, and copper 
 third amounting to $161,513,864. The total amount of silver mined is quoted at 
 $53,668,284, lead at $46,637,221, and zinc at $19,896,466. The balance is made up of 
 miscellaneous minerals, building stone, bricks and similar products, amounting to 
 $33,205,625. 
 
 In 1893 the total value of British Columbia's mineral output was only about 
 three and a half million dollars, in 1897 it passed the ten million mark, and in 1901 
 the twenty million mark. The following three years fell short of this showing, but 
 the output increased again and in 1907 was over twenty-five million. The years 
 1912 and 1913 each showed values over thirty million dollars, while 1916 jwoved 
 the record, with over forty-two million dollars' worth of mineral production to its 
 credit. The year 1917 fell behind by some five million dollars, but 1918 was again 
 well up and almost equal to the great year of 1916. Except in the case of gold, the 
 values of mineral products have been subject, especially in recent years, to fluctuations 
 of considerable extent, so that comparative values of several years' output are 
 not exact indications of their volumes, though generally speaking they serve to 
 illustrate the rapid expansion of the mining industry of the province. 
 
 The quantities and values of mineral products for the whole province for the 
 years 1918, 1919 and 1920 are shown on the following table: — 
 
 •QVANTmZS AND VaLVES OF MiNERAL PRODrCTS FOR 1918, 1919 AND 1920 
 
 Customary 
 Measure 
 
 1918 
 
 Quantity i Value 
 
 1919 
 
 Quantity Value 
 
 1920 
 
 Quantity Value 
 
 Gold placer 
 
 " lode 
 
 Silver 
 
 Copper 
 
 Ijead 
 
 Zinc 
 
 Coal 
 
 Coke 
 
 MiMcellancous pro- 
 
 duclB 
 
 Ounces. 
 
 « 
 Pounds. 
 
 Tons. 2.240 lb 
 ' 2.240 " 
 
 10,0011 
 
 1(J4,C.74 
 
 3,49X,172 
 
 61.483.754 
 
 43,899.661 
 
 41.772.916 
 
 2.302,245 
 
 188,907 
 
 ;i2o,ooo 
 
 3,403,812 
 3. 21.-,, 870 
 
 15,143,449 
 2.928,107 
 2,899,040 
 
 11,. 'ill, 225 
 1,322,709 
 
 1.038,202 
 
 14,325 
 
 1.52,426 
 
 3,403,119 
 
 42,4.59,339 
 
 29,475,968 
 
 .56,737,651 
 
 2, 207.. 541 
 
 91,138 
 
 286,500 
 3,1.50,645 
 3,592,673 
 7.939,896 
 1,-526,855 
 3,540,429 
 11,337.705 
 637,966 
 
 1,283.644 
 
 11,080 
 
 120,048 
 
 3,377.849 
 
 44,887.676 
 
 39.331,218 
 
 47,208,268 
 
 2,595,125 
 
 67.792 
 
 221,600 
 481,392 
 235,980 
 832,899 
 816,115 
 077,979 
 ,975,625 
 474,544 
 
 41,782,474 
 
 33,296.313 
 
 2.426.950 
 35,543.084 
 
 •Annual Report of the Minister o( Mines, Victoria. B.C., for the year ending December 31st, 1920. 
 
 The value of gold produced in tliese throe years was $9,86i3,949, of which 
 $9,035,849 waiJ recovered from lode mining, leaving only $828,100 as the product of 
 the placer miner. Of the total output of gold from the early days to the end of 1920 
 $75,W4,203 in credited to the placer fields and $102,753,823 to the quartz or lode iclaims. 
 
 30
 
 Minerals 31 
 
 The total production of copper, valued at $61,513, S>64, exceeds by nearly sixty million 
 dollars the production of lode gold, though the combined value of lode and placer gold 
 holds first place in the metallics. 
 
 In the production of placer gold, Central British Columbia, has occupied a most 
 important position. The discovery of this alluring metal on the lower Fraser river 
 and the consequent rush of miners, prospectors and fortune-seekers into the then 
 unorganized interior led to the establishment of the Crown colony of British Columbia 
 in 1858. The yield of placer gold in 1®58 has been estimated at $705,0i00, and for the 
 ten succeeding years at $28,823,198, an average of nearly three millions a year. The 
 heaviest year was 1863, with $3,913,563 to its credit. 
 
 The Cariboo goldnfields of Central British Columbia became the Mecca of an army 
 of gold-seekers and a by-word in every civilized land. Creeks of abnormal richness 
 were quickly washed out and many fortunes were amassed in a single season. This 
 famous field, embracing an area of some 7,000 square miles, has produced about 
 $45,000,000 in gold, or over half the placer gold of the entire province. It still has an 
 average annual output of about $200,000. Barkerville is the centre of the field, with 
 Quesnel the local distributing point from the Fraser river, and Prince George or 
 Ashcroft the points of rail connection. 
 
 Another Central British Columbia gold-field that sprang into early prominence 
 is the Omineca district, lying immediately north of the Arctic-Pacific divide. 
 Production from this field was never as extensive, by any means, as from the Cariboo, 
 nevertheless at one time it was the scene of great activity and many rich diggings 
 were discovered. At present a few placer miners are working on various creeks, 
 including O-mineca, Manson and Nation rivers. The total output of the Omineca 
 has been estimated at $750,000, though exact records are not available. 
 
 Associated with the names of these two gold fields is also that of Oassiar. 
 Cariboo, Omineca, and Cassiar were well-known names fifty years ago. The Cassiar 
 district, however, centered more northerly and easterly. Telegraph Creek, on the 
 Stikine river, being a favourite point of entry. The headwaters of the Skeena flow 
 from these regions. 
 
 The lack of roads into these fields, the great distances to be traversed in order to 
 reach them, the difficulties of transportation and the high cost of supplies, together 
 with the crude and primitive mining methods employed decreed that only the richest 
 and most easily worked claims could be mined at a profit. Hence when the cream of 
 the district was taken off mining waned. The introduction of hydraulic mining has 
 resulted in maintaining the industry where otherwise it would have almost died away 
 and the bulk of gold recovered in the Cariboo district in recent years has been obtained 
 by this process. Costs of operating, however, have advanced tremendously in recent 
 years, while the gold value has remained stationary, so that the actual profits have 
 been small. 
 
 The provincial Department of Mines has adopted a very active policy for further- 
 ing the mining industry. A district inspector and two resident engineers are per- 
 manently stationed in Central British Columbia, namely, Thos. J. 'Shenton, district 
 inspector, at Prince Eupert, J. D. 'Galloway, resident engineer, at Hazelton, and Geo. 
 A. Clothier, resident engineer, at Prince Rupert. Other geological and mining officials 
 from the provincial Department of Mines, and several geologists from the federal 
 Department of Mines at Ottawa have from year to year conducted investigations into
 
 32 
 
 Central Briiish Cohnnhia 
 
 various localities throughout this belt. Recent work of this nature includes investiga- 
 tions of the Cariboo gold-fields by B. R. McKay, of the Fraoer valley by L. Reinecke, 
 of the northern interior by C. Canisell, of the Telkwa valley and vicinity by J. D. 
 MacKenzie and of the westerly and coast regions by J. J. O'Neill, all of the Geological 
 Survey of Canada, Ottawa, Reports of their findings are to be had on application to 
 the Director. L. H. Cole and H. S. Spence, of the Mines Branch, Department of 
 Mines, Ottawa, have reported on occurrences of salt and mica. 
 
 The reports of the resident engineers are to be found in the annual reports of the 
 Provincial Minister of Mines. Wm. Fleet Robertson, provincial mineralogist and 
 aseayer, has also spent considerable time in this district. In IWO J. C. Gwillim 
 conducted investigations for the Provincial Government into the possibilities of oil 
 production in the Peace River district of British Columba. Further investigations 
 of a similar nature were carried out in the same district in 1'920 by J. A. Dresser and 
 E. M. Spieker. 
 
 The province is divided into some forty-two mining divisions, each under the 
 direct control of a gold commissioner and a mining recorder. The office for each 
 division is located at a local point of greatest prominence, but for the convenience of 
 miners sub-offices are established at various points throughout the division and are in 
 charge of sub-recorders. Central British Columbia is practically included in the 
 following eight divisions: Skeena, Xass River, Portland Canal, Bella Coola, Omineca, 
 Peace River, Cariboo and Quesnel. The offices and various sub-offices for these eight 
 divisions are shown on the following table: — 
 
 CEN'TRAL BRITISH COLUMBIA 
 
 
 •Mivivn Di\ ixiMN-; \VD Offices, 
 
 1920 
 
 Mining Divisions 
 
 1. oration of Office 
 
 
 Location of Sub-office 
 
 Skeena 
 
 Prince Rupert 
 
 
 Alice Arm . 
 
 Xa«i River 
 
 Portland Canal. 
 Hella Coola 
 
 Omineca 
 
 lAnyox. 
 Stewart. 
 Prince Rupert 
 
 Siiiiiher.s 
 
 Pcsoe River 
 ♦""aritxxj. 
 
 Fort St, John. 
 Harkcrvillf 
 
 I.VJ-Mil.. ||,„j., 
 
 Kitimat. 
 
 Port Simpson. 
 
 Swanson Bay. 
 
 Copper City. 
 
 Terrace. 
 
 Stewart (Portland Canal). 
 
 Bella Coola. 
 
 Bella Bella. 
 
 Ocean Falls. 
 
 Fort Crahame. 
 
 Fort St. .James. 
 
 Manson Creek. 
 
 Telkwa. 
 
 Fort St. .John. 
 
 Copper City. 
 
 Terrace. 
 
 Fort Fraser. 
 
 Junction Finlay and Parsnip rivers. 
 
 Pacific. 
 
 Hazel ton. 
 
 Burns Lake. 
 
 Houston. 
 
 Usk. 
 
 Hudson Hope. 
 
 Pouce (.'oupe. 
 
 (jucsnel. 
 
 I'Drt ( leorge. 
 
 McHride. 
 
 Quesnel. 
 
 Quesnel Forks. 
 
 Uarkerville. 
 
 'RflNirt (.f iho Mini»l..r "f Min.., \ i<t .ri» Hf 1<1'
 
 Minerals 33 
 
 Following the lead given by the placer mines of the Cariboo, prospectors, miners, 
 geologists and mining engineers have spread over the entire central belt and in nearly 
 every nook and corner minerals or traces of minerals to a greater or lesser degree have 
 been found. The primitive methods of the eai-ly miners have been augmented by the 
 most modern power, mechanical and chemical processes known. The coast districts 
 have had the advantage of water transportation which has enabled them to forge ahead 
 while the interior has been retarded through inability to get in heavy machinery or 
 ship out quantities of ore. With the building of railroads and good wagon roads this 
 handicap is being gradually removed. 
 
 On the coast the principal operations north of latitude 5'2 are at Anyox, where the 
 Granby Consolidated Mining, Smelting and Power Company, Limited, operates a 
 smelter and work the " Hidden Creek " group of copper claims. The company employs 
 here from 1,200 to 1,500 men and smelted an average of about 2,200 tons of ore daily 
 for the year 1920, exclusive of limestone and quartz used for fluxing purposes. The 
 production for the year was approximately 25,104,950 pounds of copper, 9,330 ounces 
 of gold and 439,806 ounces of silver. Power is derived from a 5,000 horse-power water 
 plant augmented by steam plants during the winter when water is low. The town is 
 ^' company " owned and consists of a very neat and substantial class of houses equipped 
 with modern conveniences and reached by plank roads. The mines are about two miles 
 distant from the smelter and connected by a narrow gauge railway. 
 
 Other important coast properties include the claims on Princess Royal island of 
 the Belmont Surf Inlet Mines. Limited, from which 108,082 tons were mined in 
 1920, yielding 44,051 ounces of gold, 20,104 ounces of silver and 685,259 pounds of 
 ■copper; the "Dolly Varden " mine, located 18 mile& from the head of Alice Arm 
 and connected by a newly constructed railway to tide-water, now shipping a rich 
 ^rade of silver ore to the Granby smelter at Anyox; the "Drum-Lummon" copper mine, 
 on Douglas channel, the "Premier" gold mine of Stewart; the " Ikeda " copper mine 
 ■of Ikeda bay ; the " Esperanza " group on Alice Arm ; the " Golskiesh " mine of 
 Anyox; the "Patterson" group of Porcher island, and many others with more or less 
 -development acomplished and exhibiting splendid prospects. 
 
 In the interior two mines are worthy of special mention, namely, the Rocher 
 Deboule and the Silver Standard, both located in the Hudson Bay mountain near 
 Hazelton. The Rocher Deiboule is at present closed down pending more normal 
 -conditions. It shipped from April, 1915, to the end of 1918, and in this time produced 
 39,833 tons of ore containing 4,214 ounces of gold, 62.865 ounces of silver, and 
 .5,746,306 pounds of copper. 
 
 The 'Silver Standard mine is situated about six miles from New Hazelton, It is 
 .a silver-lead-zinc property and during the year 1920 produced 4,000 tons of ore con- 
 taining 218 ounces of gold, 103,020 ounces of silver, 189,488 pounds of lead and 453,512 
 pounds of zinc. A 50-ton concentrator was recently put into operation. 
 
 Actual lode mining in the interior is confined, almost entirely, to the Omineca 
 :mining division, though prospecting and development work on quartz claims are being 
 carried on throughout all parts. Many promising gold, silver and copper claims are 
 likely to prove good producers when normal conditions and better transportation 
 facilities are available. It is believed the Cariboo district will not only increase its 
 placer output but will alsf^ produce several quartz mills. Good showings are found 
 
 39736 — 3
 
 34 Central British Columbia 
 
 in extensive quartz bodies at Mt. Selwyn, near Finlay (Forks), and on Manson creek. 
 In fact the localities that are already known to contain mineral deposits of promising 
 value are too numerous to mention. 
 
 Coal is found in several localities throughout Central British Columbia. The 
 Telkwa, Groundhog and Carbon creek Holds arc the principal areas. Coal of a good 
 quality is being mined and shipped from a point only 4^ miles from the station of 
 Telkwa. on the Grand Trunk Pacific railway. On Goat creek, a small tributary of 
 Telkwa river, a seam {< feet in thickness is exposed for several hundred feet. An 
 average sample was found to have the following analysis: Moisture 006 per cent, 
 volatile matter 3,3 -9 per cent, fixed carbon 5l5 per cent and ash 9-5 per cent. As this 
 field extends from 4i to 12 miles from the railway it is favourably situated as regards 
 iBt'ans of transportation and will likely develop quickly. 
 
 The Groundhog coal areas are not as accessible, but may be tapped by a line 
 extending north from Hazelton or easterly from the head of Portland canal. They are 
 believed to be very extensive and the coal of a splendid quality. 
 
 The Carbon creek coal-fields are known to be quite extensive. The Carbon is a 
 tributary of Peace river, on its south side and a few miles above the head of Eocky 
 mountain canyon on the eastern slope of the Kockies. Coal outcrops occur on small 
 tributaries of Carbon creek itself, and on Gethings creek, which enters the Peace nearer 
 the canyon, and in the canyon itself. A sample from Gethings creek shows the follow- 
 ing analysis: Moisture 1<J per cent, a^h 2-9 per cent, volatile matter 25-1 per cent, 
 fixed carbon Th-4 jut cent. It forms fair coke. These fields are at present witlmut 
 means of transportation, but should the Pacific Great Eastern or some other railway 
 be built by the Hudson Hope route they will become very valuable. 
 
 Various outcrops of coal (jf more or less value have been found in many other 
 sections. On tlie prairies such outcrops would immediately be investigated and the 
 Coal used locally as fuel if of sufficient value. Throughout Central British Columbia, 
 hi;wever, the wood supply is still sufficient for local uses and only those coal areas 
 which appear of considerable commercial value have been seriously considered. It is 
 altogether likely that as tlie demand for this fuel increases and transportation facili- 
 ties are extended the recovery of it will be greatly stimulated. 
 
 Mining is well established as a permanent industry and the presence of minerals 
 in vast quantities is well known. Placer mining, the oldest of all branches of this 
 industry, is reviving, and, with the introduction of hydraulic, drilling and dredgin? 
 nnu-hinery. will develop on a large scale. The future of the Cariboo district depends 
 on su<-h works. Geologists who have investigated this field intimate that both placer 
 and I'jde mining for gcjld may assume most inijjortant phases when railroad facilities 
 are jirovided. 
 
 Wnrk is being renewed on tlie Peace and in the Omineca districts. A gold dredge 
 . - J. . .ntiy Ix-eu phv,'] ,,ii Peace river at Fort St. John. Another may be placed 
 ' -.ime river ab.. '.voii, where gold washing has been carried on by a small 
 
 ( rcvv of men dui' : ,\eur8. The Ingenika river is being drilled by a company 
 
 of Kdmonton bti ■ :i. who contemplate putting in a dredge if results warrant. 
 
 As water-power is avaiial • everywhere throughout the placer districts, power 
 
 for the operation of machinery or the pumping of water can be depended upon.
 
 Minerals 
 
 35 
 
 Strong saline springs wcro discovered in T.M 1 at Kwinitsa, a point on the Grand 
 Trunk Pacific railway in tlie Skeena valley, 45 miles east of Prince liui>ert. Drilling 
 disclosed extensive beds of rock salt, at depths varying from 50 to 250 feet. Tests 
 proved it to be pure and of the best (puility. The presence of salt in close proximity 
 to the centre of the fish industry is most advantageous. 
 
 Mica is found in tlie vicinity of Tete Jaune Cache and a few claims have been 
 worked to a limited decree. A very fine, clear grade is procured, but the deposits are 
 located in mountainous regions difficult of access. Muscovite also has been found 
 in the Clearwater mountains north of Canim lake. Generally speaking, the explora- 
 tory stage has not been passed and the mica industry is only in its infancy. Gypsum 
 is found in the Fraser valley south of latitude 52 and may possibly occur to the north 
 also. 
 
 A promising prospect of molybdenite has been found in Timothy mountain, about 
 35 miles northeast of Lac la Plache. Near these molybdenite claims there is an occur- 
 rence of peridot, the precious form of olivine. When cut these stones make very fine 
 gems. This is the only gem locality of commercial importance in Canada, but it is 
 as yet undeveloped. Gold, silver and copper values have also been found in the same 
 vicinity. 
 
 Outcrops of promising fireclay and infusorial earth are found in the vicinity of 
 Quesnel. Building stones, sandstone, limestone, gravel, sand and brick clay are found 
 in various places. Limestone for fluxing purposes at the Granby smelter is obtained 
 from Swamp point on Portland canal. About 250 tons per day are produced. Hot 
 mineral springs are found at the south end of Lakelse lake and in the Canoe Eiver 
 valley. 
 
 Platinum is found in various localities in Central British Columbia, especially 
 in the Fraser and Peace drainage basins. It occurs in both solid rock and placers. 
 In the early days its value Avas only a small fraction of what it is now and vei-y few 
 of the miners knew what the metal was or that it had any value at all. In fact 
 thousands of ounces of this precious metal were actually thrown away by the placer 
 miners of the early days. 
 
 Oil is believed to underlie large areas of Central British Columbia, and consider- 
 able interest has been shown in recent prospecting and drilling operations inaugurated 
 with a vew of locating it. Investigations for the Provincial Government have been 
 undertaken by geologists in the Peace River District, while considerable drilling 
 has been accomplished by the Imperial Oil Company in the vicinity of Pouce Coupe 
 and Eolla. The oil rights on large areas of land in the Pouce Coupe district have 
 been leased by speculators and future developments are being awaited with great 
 interest. Drilling for oil is also being prosecuted near Burns lake. 
 
 The mineral occurrences of Central British Columbia are too numerous to men- 
 tion. The few random references given serve only to illustrate the varied species 
 and their wide distribution. The field is an attractive one for the prospector, miner 
 and capitalist. The charming forests and lakes, with their bountiful supply of game 
 and fish, lessen the hardships and privations of the prospector and nuike his lonely 
 camp life more pleasant and prosperous. Miners' wages and housing conditions are 
 very satisfactory, while the social and educational facilities, climate and living con- 
 ditions in general are unsurpassed by any other mining district in the world. In- 
 i^estors and capitalists have a legitimate field here for active exploitation. 
 39736— 3J
 
 36 Central British Cohimhin 
 
 The mining laws of British Columbia are very liberal in their nature and com- 
 pare favourably with those of any other part of the world. Individual free miner's 
 certificates are issued good for one year upon payment of the sum of $5. Provision 
 in both the " ^Mineral " and "Placer-mining" Acts is made for the formation of 
 mining partnership?, both of a general and limited liability character. A number of 
 special Act^ relating to mining have been passed by the provincial legislature during 
 recent years. 
 
 The Mines Development Act provides for the expenditure of public money for 
 the construction of trails, roads and bridges to facilitate the operation and develop- 
 ment of mineral or placer claims or the exploration of new districts. The Mineral 
 Survey and Development Act of 1917 provides for: (1) a mineral survey of the pro- 
 vince, (2) certain aids to prospectors, (3) protection of wage-earners on mining 
 works, and (4) protection of investors in mining property. The Iron Bounties Act 
 of 19l> provided for the payment of a bounty on pig-iron manufactured within the 
 province. The bounty is $3 per ton (2,000 pounds), when the ore from which it is 
 manufactured is mined within the province, and $1.50 per ton otherwise. The ^fineral 
 Act Amendment Act of r.>20 provides for the reservation by the Minister of Mines of 
 areas containing irun ore and the disposal thereof by the Lieutenant-Governor in 
 Council on such conditions as may be determined.
 
 FISHERIES 
 
 In considering the fish resources of Central British Columbia it is well to bear 
 in mind that those are not fixed in the same manner as its lands, forests, or mines. 
 This applies particularly to the commercial species. The sockeye salmon of the 
 Fraser river, for instance, is hatched in the spawning beds of the Fraser, of which 
 Quesnel lake in Central British Columbia is one of the most important. The young 
 fish then find their way to the ocean and reach maturity in salt water. Returning 
 years later to the spawning grounds from which they started out they are caught by 
 the fishermen of the lower Fraser waters and Juan de Fuca strait. The harvest, 
 therefore, falls to the credit of the southern part of the province though the spawning 
 grounds of the interior are a necessary and integral part of the great industry. 
 
 For this reason the fisheries of the entire province will be taken into account in 
 the statistics given herewith. The asset is a movable one and no definite proportion 
 can be allotted to any particular part of the province. The salmon must be permitted 
 to reach their spawning grounds in the interior in order that the supply may be kept 
 up for the fishermen of the coast regions about the mouths of the various rivers which 
 the fish ascend. 
 
 Second only to the salmon in yield is the halibut. The halibut fishing industry 
 centers at Prince Rupert and might be particularly claimed as belonging to the central 
 part of the province. 
 
 The fisheries of British Columbia as a whole are more extensive and valuable than 
 those of any other province of the Dominion. In 1917 they exceeded the combined 
 output of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. They also exceeded the output of the 
 remaining six provinces collectively and represented more than one-third of the entire 
 Canadian fisheries for the year. The value of the fisheries production of British 
 Columbia has increased most rapidly. Records have been kept since the year 1876, 
 when the total value of the fish catch was given as a trifle over one hundred thousand 
 dollars. In 1880 it was nearly three-quarters of a million, while the following year it 
 was double these figures. In 1888 it almost reached two million dollars, and the next 
 year passed the three-million mark. In 1893 it reached beyond four million dollars, 
 and 1897 beyond six millions. Values varied for some years but finally passed the 
 ten-million mark in 1909, fell below the following year but reached thirteen millions 
 in 1911 and in 1917 the remarkable figure of twenty-one and a half million dollars. 
 
 Statistics regarding the quantities and values of all fish and fish products marketed 
 in British Columbia in 1917 and the capital equipment and number of employees are 
 shown in the following tables. The information is taken from the Census of Industry, 
 1917, Part III, Fisheries Statistics, as published by the Dominion Bureau of 
 Statistics. The report was prepared in collaboration with Dominion and Provincial 
 Fieheries Departments and represents the most accurate and reliable information 
 covering the subject. 
 
 37
 
 38 
 
 Central Briii^li Columhia 
 
 BRITISH COLUMBIA 
 *QuANTmES AND Valles OF All Fi<ii A xd Fi-^ir PRnnTTT-; Marketed, 1917 
 
 Kinds of Fish 
 
 Quantity 
 
 Value 
 
 Black cod, usetl fresli. . . 
 preen salted. 
 
 " smoke 
 
 " dried 
 
 Brill 
 
 Clams and quahaugs, used fresh. 
 
 " canned 
 
 Dulse, crabs, cockles, etc 
 
 Fertilizer 
 
 Fish oil 
 
 Flounders 
 
 Fur seal skins 
 
 Gill bone 
 
 CJ ray fish, use<l fresh 
 
 Hake and cusk, used fresh. 
 
 " " smoked... 
 
 Halibut, usetl fresh 
 
 " smoketl 
 
 Herring, used fresh 
 
 canned 
 
 " smoked 
 
 " dry-salted 
 
 " pickled 
 
 " u.stnl as bait 
 
 Mixe<l lish 
 
 Octopus 
 
 Oulachons 
 
 Oysters 
 
 Perch 
 
 Pilchards, salted 
 
 " canned 
 
 Rock cod 
 
 •Salmon, used fresh. . . 
 " canned 
 
 .-mi-ked 
 
 dry-salted . 
 
 iiiild-fured. . 
 Salmon roe . 
 
 Shad, used fresh 
 
 " salted.... 
 
 Skate 
 
 Smelts 
 
 Soles.. . 
 Sturgeon. 
 
 Trout 
 
 Whale lx)ne and meal 
 
 Whale oil 
 
 Whiting, used fresh 
 
 )<riioke<l . 
 Wit.hcs 
 
 Total valu" 
 
 73,164 
 
 386 
 
 6,786 
 
 8 
 
 5,142 
 
 5,992 
 
 6,006 
 
 5,886 
 
 1,220 
 
 44,820 
 
 2,679 
 
 218 
 
 510 
 
 11,200 
 
 143 
 
 25 
 
 113,285 
 
 122 
 
 87,173 
 
 46,650 
 
 6,263 
 
 161,865 
 
 7,293 
 
 .28,785 
 
 1,648 
 
 184 
 
 1,231 
 
 1,789 
 
 492 
 
 200 
 
 1 , 090 
 
 1,086 
 
 262,067 
 
 ,557,485 
 
 1,418 
 
 12,670 
 
 8,611 
 
 1,564 
 
 21 
 
 15 
 
 1,633 
 
 1,164 
 
 7,806 
 
 445 
 
 414 
 
 291 
 
 436,995 
 
 345 
 
 100 
 
 5 
 
 cwt. 
 
 brl. 
 cases, 
 cwt. 
 ton. 
 gal. 
 cwt. 
 no. 
 cwt. 
 
 qtl. 
 
 cases, 
 cwt. 
 
 brl. 
 
 brl. 
 cwt. 
 brl. 
 cases 
 cwt. 
 
 cases 
 cwt. 
 
 brl. 
 cwt. 
 
 brl. 
 cwt. 
 
 ton. 
 gal. 
 cwt. 
 
 $ 
 
 743,229 
 
 4,338 
 
 131,709 
 
 128 
 
 51,420 
 
 35,952 
 
 48,048 
 
 48,424 
 
 70,164 
 
 23,892 
 
 23,601 
 
 6,540 
 
 12,802 
 
 4,480 
 
 715 
 
 375 
 
 1.718,500 
 
 2,512 
 
 341,239 
 
 304,017 
 
 29,025 
 
 328,721 
 
 117,828 
 
 71,824 
 
 13,184 
 
 1,656 
 
 10,991 
 
 32,202 
 
 4,920 
 
 2,000 
 
 9,810 
 
 8,088 
 
 2,550,274 
 
 14,017,365 
 
 23,222 
 
 125! 979 
 
 111,943 
 
 7,820 
 
 315 
 
 360 
 
 10,117 
 
 14,270 
 
 78,649 
 
 9,790 
 
 10,350 
 
 10,185 
 
 342,247 
 
 1 , 725 
 
 1 , 000 
 
 50 
 
 21,518,595 
 
 In.liiHlrv I!tl7. 
 
 tM til.- «iit:r< .-ai^-ii i<i V.H~ nearly four-fifths were salmon, with a groos value of 
 *l«,K28,78:j. Halibut took scn-ond pluce with a value of $1,721,012. Herring came 
 thir«l and were valued at $l,ll>2,«r)4. Black i-od accounted for $879,404, clams and 
 qu::' ; $84,CM")C>, h(.l(iii for $7S,f»41), and ovt^ters for $.'32,202. These seven divisions 
 
 of • v n-fourci* iirodurcd $2M.Klf;.7o4 out of the total of $21,518,5i>5 at which 
 
 the catch of 1017 was marketed. 
 
 The share that should be cn-ditcd to the coast and coat;t rivers of Central British 
 Columbia, of which PriiK-o Rupert is the centre of the industry, is shown on the
 
 Fisheries 
 
 39 
 
 followiiiij' table. The principal varieties of fish are five only, namely: t-almon, halibut, 
 herring, black cod, and tholes. The subdivisions of this section are Skeena river, 
 Prince Kupert, Kivers inlet, Naas river. North Coast and Queen Charlotte islands. 
 The fishing waters of these subdivisions are tributary to Prince Rupert, thus bring- 
 ing to Central British C<»hnn])ia the benefit of the industry. 
 
 CENTRAL BRITISH COLUMBIA 
 ♦Commercial Fisheries of 1917 
 
 Fishing Districts 
 
 Salmon 
 cwt. 
 
 Halibut 
 cwt. 
 
 Herring 
 
 cwt. 
 
 Black Cod 
 cwt. 
 
 Soles 
 cwt. 
 
 Skeena river 
 
 252,074 
 
 25,746 
 
 80,053 
 
 100,375 
 
 222,336 
 
 39,675 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 62,879 
 
 19,900 
 
 13,271 
 
 5 717 
 
 Rivers inlet 
 
 
 Naas river 
 
 
 
 
 
 North coast 
 
 1,533 
 
 8,528 
 189 
 
 510 
 
 
 Queen Charlotte islands 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total quantity 
 
 Total value marketed 
 
 720, 259 
 $7,656,650 
 
 64,412 
 $965,320 
 
 28,617 
 $44,490 
 
 13,781 
 8131,924 
 
 5,717 
 857,170 
 
 Grand total 
 
 
 
 
 
 $8,855,554 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 *Census of Industry, 1917. 
 
 The great soekeye salmon packs of the Fraser, Skeena and Naas rivers have 
 become famous in all parts of the wc^rld. Their habits form most interesting 
 subjects of investigation. Though normally a salt water fish they ascend the rivers 
 upon reaching maturity to spawn mostly in streams beyond the lakes of the interior. 
 
 The Fraser river spawning grounds include such large lakes as Harrison, 
 Lillooet, Seton, Anderson, Chilko, and Quesnel. The Mcziadin lake section is one of 
 the principal spawning areas of the Naas river. Eggs are deposited and hatched in 
 these interior lakes after which the parent fish die. The young fry, or fingerlings 
 as they are called, find their waj' down stream to the ocean, where they spend some 
 four years in reaching maturity. They then start on their long journey to the 
 spawning beds from which they were hatched, their helming instincts being described 
 as most highly developed. It is believed they actually are led by this instinct to the 
 very waters of their origin. 
 
 In countless millions they battle their way up stream, crowding and hurrying 
 forward as if driven by relentless foes. Seemingly inaccessible rapids and barriers 
 are scaled by feats of wonderful jumping and swimiiiing. Should impassable barriers 
 halt their journey they accumulate in masses so thick that the waters appear packed 
 full of them. It is said they do not rest or feed cii these migrations, and' many 
 literally batter themselves to pieces in ascending rocky rapids. 
 
 Great losses to the salmon industry resulted from blocking their access to their 
 spawning areas on the upper Fraser. A dam constructed in connection with mining 
 activities across the outlet of Quesnel lake barred the entrance of fish foT some 
 time. Though the soekeye passed up the Quesnel river in millions, they could not 
 enter the lake. Later a practical fishway was constructed to overcome the barrier. 
 In 1909 over four million soekeye entered this lake, while in 1913, owing to a blo'^k- 
 ade in the Fraser canyC'ii, caused by a slide of rock from the Canadian Northern
 
 40 Central British Columhia 
 
 railway construction, only about half a million reached these spawning grounds. 
 The run to Chilko lake was large in the years 1901, 1905 and 1909, but email in 1913 
 owing to the same blockade. The importance of keeping the way clear to these areas 
 is therefore apparent. 
 
 The Meziadin lake section is now a favourite spawning ground for the Naas 
 soekeye packs. Falls in the Meziadin form a natural barrier, but these are now over- 
 come by a great fehway constructed by the Dominion Fisheries Branch. In the 
 spawning season, during the spring and early summer months, these salmon push 
 their way up the large rivers into the many lakes lying inland, and even ascend 
 the smallest tributaries to every favourable body of water, however small, within 
 reaeh. 
 
 Salmon are caught chiefly by gill-nets, seines and trap-nets operated from fleets 
 of small fishing smacks. They are immediately taken to canneries constructed at 
 convenient points all along the coast and put up for trade in tin cans, packed in 
 wooden cases. Fishing may be conducted only under license, which must be obtained 
 from the fisheries officials. The Dominion Government has established a number 
 of hatcheries for the purpose of increasing this valuable species. Two are located 
 in Central British Columbia, one being on Babine lake and one on the Skeena 
 river. From these some 13,450,000 soekeye were hatched in 1917 and liberated in 
 the Skeena watershed. There are some seven or eight additional salmon hat'cheries 
 in the more southerly parts of the province, and the total number of salmon fry 
 produced in 1917 approached fifty million. 
 
 The halibut fishing industry of the Pacific coast adjacent to Prince Rupert has 
 come into considerable prominence during the last few yeai-s and is of special interest 
 to Central British Columbia. This industry is carried on in lai'ge, well-equipped 
 steamers and vessels. The fish are captured by set lines or hand trawls, dories being 
 used for setting and hauling the lines, as in the Atlantic deep-sea fishing. Herring 
 are mainly need for bait, the supply of these fish being very plentiful in these waters. 
 
 The Pacific coast, with its numerous sheltering islands and deep inlets and 
 fiords, affords most excellent fishing grounds of unusual protection. The length of 
 this coast line, in British 'Columbia waters, exceeds 7,000 miles. Luxuriant forests 
 clothe these shores, adding to the general pleasing effect. 
 
 At Prince Eupert during the height of the fishing season, about July, the 
 "mosquito fleet," as it is called, comprised of fishing boats of an average value of 
 about $8,000 each, presents quite a busy scene. Canneries are scattered at various 
 points up and down the shore, hut most of the halibut catch is shipped out in 
 special trains. The Canadian Fish and Cold Storage Company, Limited, has a cold 
 storage plant at Seal Cove of 14,000,000 pounds' capacity, now being increased by 
 some 3,500,000 pounds. Fish are delivered from the "mosquito fleet" here and 
 loaded into special refrigerator cars. Special " fish trains," made up of a number of 
 these car.s, leave Prince Rupert three or four times a week and rusli through the 
 province on their long run by way of Edmonton and Saskatoon to Winnipeg. They 
 are there distributed, tlie bulk of the produce eventually finding a market in Chicago 
 or eastern cities. 
 
 This great commercial industry is well established, and with proper control 
 promises to be a jiermanent and jtrofitable one for the district.
 
 Fisheries 
 
 41 
 
 The follo-\ving table shows a summary of the value of equipment and the number 
 of persons engaged in connection with the fish industry in the whole province in 
 1917:— 
 
 BRITISH COLUMBIA FISH INDUSTRY 
 
 *Equipment and Employees, 1917 
 
 Equipment 
 
 Value 
 
 Seines, traps and smelt nets, etc 
 
 Hand lines, weirs, trawls, etc 
 
 Salmon and crab traps . 
 
 Piers and wharves 
 
 Freezers, ice houses, whaling stations, salteries and crab and oyster establishments (approx) 
 
 Canneries and fish and smoke houses 
 
 Small fish and smoke houses (approx.) 
 
 Vessels, tugs and carrying smacks (514) 
 
 Boats, gasoline (3,172) 
 
 " sail and row (3,479) 
 
 Total capital 
 
 $ 
 
 829,115 
 
 103,681 
 
 l'),70() 
 
 504,047 
 
 152,505 
 
 749,476 
 
 3,200 
 
 2,500,801 
 
 1,837,820 
 
 12 
 
 21,696,345 
 
 Persons Employed 
 
 Location 
 
 No. 
 
 In vessels, etc 
 
 " boats 
 
 " freezers, ice houses and whaling stations 
 " canneries and fish and smoke houses. . . . 
 
 Total 
 
 1,589 
 
 11,378 
 
 292 
 
 7,624 
 
 20,883 
 
 *Census of Industry, 1917. 
 
 The total number of salmon canneries in British Columbia is given as 87 for the 
 year 1917, with one whale oil factory and 21 fish and smoke liouses. 
 
 While these figures are interesting as amplifying the wonderful extent and great 
 value of the fishing resources of the province, they are of special value only to those 
 concerned with the commercial side of the subject. The great majority of visitors, 
 tourists or new settlers are more concerned with the sporting phase. Fishing for 
 pleasure is a practice to which the majority of men who know little or nothing of the 
 commercial phase are more or less addicted. To the lovers of both rod and gun 
 Central British Columbia offers a field of unparalleled attractions. Fly-fishing of the 
 very best awaits the angler throughout the length and breadth of this district in the 
 many lakes and streams with which it abounds. Gamest of all game fish are found in 
 the cool, rippling mountain streams of the interior and the crystal lakes nestling 
 between towering ranges of snow-capped mountains. 
 
 Of the five species of salmon found in British Columbia only two will take a troll 
 or fly. These are the " Spring " and the " Coho " salmon. The Spring or Tyee salmon 
 is the largest and gamest of the salmon family. It is known in Oregon as the 
 " Chinook " or the " Columbia," in California as the " Quinnat," and in Alaska as the 
 " King " or " Tyee." It takes the troll quite freely in salt water and occasionally 
 rises to an artificial fly. These fish are caught in great numbers all along the coast
 
 42 Central British Columhia 
 
 and vary in weight up to GO poundc^, with records as hitih as 70 poinuls. The best 
 months are from July to Xoveniber. The Coho are even more numerous than the 
 Spring, though smaller in size. They are considered equally game and may be taken 
 as late in the year as October or November. The more southern waters are better 
 known and more frequented by salmon anglers, Campbell river, on the eastern coast 
 of Vancouver island, being a favourite rendezvous. The salmon rivers of the more 
 northerly parte, including the Skeena and Xaas, should prove equally attractive. 
 When they become better known. Prince Rupert sho\ild prove the centre of tourist 
 traffic connected with this branch of sport. 
 
 The trout of British Columbia comprise many species with great variation in 
 colourings and markings. The steelhead trout closely resembles in habit, form and 
 colour the salmon of Europe and is still sometimes classed as a Pacific salmon. ].:ke 
 the salmon, it spawns only in fresh water, but differs in that it survives and returns to 
 the sea, where it remains until the following spawning season. In some of the larger 
 lakes of the province it remains permanently in fresh water. This species weighs 
 from four to twenty pounds, with exceptional weights as high as thirty pounds. Many 
 anglers consider this the gamest fish taken in fresh water. 
 
 Numerous varieties of trout are found in all the rivers and lakes of Central 
 British Columbia. The larger specimens found in the great lakes largely resemble the 
 sea-run of the steelhead. The cut-throat and rainbow trout are also widely distributed. 
 The many differences in colour, form and habit of these varieties lead to gi'eat 
 numbers of names being applied to them, but by whatever name they are known they 
 are none the less game. 
 
 Two very valaal)le species of charr are found. They are the "Dolly Varden," 
 or " Bull trout," and a lake trout such as is found in Lakes Superior and Michigan. 
 The Dolly Varden is found all through the mainland and on the coast; it is a very 
 game fish, and ranges in weight from a few ounces up to thirty jjounds, but species 
 exceding two pounds in weight are seldom taken with a fly. The larger ones freely 
 take a troll. The lake trout are found in Quesnel and northern lakes. They are not 
 fierce fighters, but are rated as the best of table fish found in the fresh waters of the 
 province. 
 
 An enthusiastic holiday fisherman from Xew York, after hooking and laudini:' three 
 speckled beauties from a single cast with triple leaders in Lakelse lake, pronoiuiccd 
 these waters the finest for trout fishing he had ever visited. All ihrough the interior, 
 however, such success may be obtained. The many lakes and lakeU'ts, rivers and 
 streams are most plentifully stocked with fish, and afi'ord lu-vcr failing si)ort for the 
 ardent angler and a source of food supply for the settK r. 
 
 Large sturgeon are caught with hook and bait in the lakes and rivers of the 
 interior plateau. Whitefish are netted in great quantities in the more northerly 
 streams and in Moberly lake east of the Rockies. In the Parsnip, Finlay and more 
 northerly streams a fish locally called the " Arctic trout" is quite common. 
 
 Settlers and others coming to Central British Columhia will find great oitportuni- 
 ties for recreation and profit in capturing the many varieties of beautiful and valuable 
 game and connnercial fish with which the widely distributed waters of the district 
 abound. Government hatcheries are doing a good work in keeping up the supply, and 
 this highly ijrizcd n.-source l)ronli^eB to be a most substanti;il and permanent one.
 
 A slimpse of the Nechako valley near Vanderhoof. 
 
 Road leading from Vanderhoof north through the Nechako valley.
 
 FUR AND GAME 
 
 The lirst white men to invade British Columbia were fur traders and the fur 
 industry held unrivalled sway for fifty years, ^^^len Alexander Mackenzie, in 1793, 
 ascended the Peace and Parsnip rivers and found his way through the Eockies and to 
 the Pacific coast near Bella Coola he blazed the way for the occupation of Central 
 British Columbia by outpost agents of the great fur company in which he held a 
 position as partner, namely, the Northwest Company. 
 
 Early in the nineteenth century thie progressive company pushed westward over 
 the mountains and established a chain of posts in the interior. Fort MacLeod, erected 
 in 1S05, on the shores of MacLeod lake, soon became an important centre of trade. 
 Fort St. James, Fort Fraser, Fort George and Qoiesnel quickly followed in line and 
 the avenues of commerce that had halted for a time at the Athabaska or Saskatchewan 
 were extended west of the Rockies. 
 
 The lure of furs brought their great rivals, the Hudson's Bay Company, to these 
 new found fields. It also led to the formation of a new American enterprise, the 
 Pacific Trading Company, which established the historic post of Astoria on the lower 
 Columbia. The amalgamation of the two great Canadian companies in 1821, under 
 the name of the older, the Hudson's Bay Company, and their purchase of the unsuc- 
 cessful American interests, including Astoria, are matters of most interesting record. 
 It was the visions of wealth to be derived from the furs of the sea otter and sea lion 
 that spurred on the Russian explorers to the acquisition of Alaska and the valuable 
 coast waters of these northern parts. 
 
 For fifty years the fur trade was carried on uninterrupted by other industries. 
 The Hudson's Bay Company, with a staff of white traders and clerks and an army 
 of native followers and hunters, reigned supreme in these regions and took their toll 
 of wealth from every section of the mountains and valleys. Even Avhcn Vancouver 
 island was declared in 1S49 the Crown colony "New Caledonia," it was practically 
 governed for years by this great fur company. 
 
 Then came the gold discoveries on the Fraser river and the great rush of miners 
 into the interior in l8r>C, 1S57, and 1858. A rival industry had come with an onrush 
 that eclipsed the fur trade, and for a time pushed it almost into oblivion. Gold was 
 the craze, and the interior dietrif-ts of Cariboo, Omineca and Cassiar witnessed scenes 
 of wildest excitement. 
 
 The gold boom brought numbers to the district and opened it W]^ to the world at 
 large. The fur traders no longer held a inonopoly of the land. When mining waned 
 other industries sprang up. The wealth of the forests, fisheries and lands was realized 
 by the new comers, who saw in these reginus unlimited resources and wonderful possi- 
 bilities that the fur traders could not or wrmld not admit. 
 
 Mining, lumbering, fishing, farming, shi!>building and other industries have grown 
 into prominence, but the fur trade that held lone sway for the first fifty years of the 
 white man's occupation of these parts goes on apace. The mountainous nature of the 
 province prohibits the settlement and cultivation of more than about ten per cent of 
 its total land area, thus leaving vast regions of wilderness in which the wild animal 
 and bird life jiropagate their specici?. 
 
 44
 
 Fur and Game 45 
 
 In the mountainous and sparsely settled districts of Central British Columbia are 
 still to be found in great numbers practically every species of game and fur-bearing 
 animal common to these regions since the earliest days. Large Huml^ers of men still 
 pursue trapping as their sole occupation, and, with the high price of furs that has pre- 
 vailed in recent years, find it a very remunerative calling. Both game hunting and 
 wing shooting may be enjoyed to the fullest extent in these parts. 
 
 The quality of furs obtained in Central British Columbia is the very highest. 
 Marten compares favourably with the Russian sable, while fisher, lynx, foxes, and 
 beaver are exceptionally good. Prince George is the centre of a gi-eat fur trade and 
 the value of raw pelts shiipped from this port in 1918 was approximately $400,000. 
 
 The large game includes moose, wapiti or elk, cariboo, deer, mountain sheep, 
 goats, bear, wolves and three species of the cat family. The smaller fur-bearing 
 animals include black, silver and cross foxes, beaver, musk-rat, otter, raccoon, marten, 
 mink, wolverine, badger, porcupine, hare, skunk, polecat, weasel, sea-lion, hair seal 
 and a very few sea otter. 
 
 Moose are very plentiful throughout the interior and northern regions. The 
 biggest and best heads are obtained in the Cassiar district which is best reached by 
 way of the Stikine river. Prince George is also the centre of an excellent moose 
 district. Along the upper Fraser and Parsnip rivers moose are very plentiful and 
 have increased in numbers greatly during the last few years. Si)endid heads are 
 obtained from these districts. The grounds are easily accessible and hunting condi- 
 tions are good. The district lying to the north and east of Prince George is excep- 
 tionally good. 
 
 The wapiti or elk were at one time quite numei-ous but are now exceedingly rare. 
 They are now protected by a continuous close season in hopes that this noble species 
 will not become extinct. 
 
 Cariboo are found in plenty. The Black or Mountain species are found in nearly 
 all mountainous parts of the interior with the Chilcotin, Quesnel and Prince George 
 districts favourable hunting grounds. In the more northerly parts big bands of the 
 species known as Osbom's cariboo are found. 
 
 Mule deer and Richardson's or large black-tailed deer are widely spread over the 
 more southerly parts of the district. The Columbia or Coast deer is plentiful along 
 the coast but is not found east of the Coast range of mountains. The most common 
 and widely found species of deer in Central British Columbia is the white-tailed 
 species. These are found throughout all parts of the great interior plateaus. 
 
 Mountain sheep include four species, namely, the Common Bighorn, Oris Stonei, 
 Ovis Tamini and Ovis Dalli or Yukon sheep. The three latter species are very similar 
 and are often found in the same band. The Bighorn is found in the more southerly 
 pans, the Chilcotin district being a favourite range of theirs. The Ovis Stonei are 
 the most numerous of m.ountain sheep and are particularly plentiful in the Cassiar 
 district. The Yukon sheep are also widely distributed. 
 
 Mountain goats are very numerous all over the district where there are high 
 mountains. They are found in the Coast mountains adjacent to the Grand Trunk 
 Pacific railway and north and east of Prince George. They are also plentiful in the 
 Omineca and Cassiar districts. 
 
 Grizzly bears are plentiful in the mountains and northerly parts of the district. 
 The Naas, Skeena and Stikine rivers are said to afford good hunting for this ferocious
 
 4g Central British Columbia 
 
 animal. Big game hunters Avill find in the grizzly a beast worthy of their highest 
 admiration and one that affords the maximum of thrills. Black, brown and cinnamon 
 bears are common all over the interior. During the salmon run they congregate 
 along the rivers' edges and live on these fish, which they scoop out in a most dexterous 
 style. To obtain good skins these animals should be hunted as soon as they leave 
 tlieir winter quarters. The fur then is thick and glossy and the colour good. In a 
 short time it becomes faded and ragged as the bear scrambles through thickets of 
 woods and tangles of berry bushes in the summer's heat. 
 
 Timber wolves are found in the northern parts and along the northern coast. 
 They vary in colour from nearly black to grizzly grey, brown, or yellow. They prey 
 lieavily on cariboo, deer, smaller fur-bearing animals and the young of the large 
 game. Coyotes or prairie wolves are fairly common throughout the interior. They 
 will not attack man, but prey on poultry, birds and smaller fur-bearing animals. 
 
 Of the cat family some three species are to be found. The largest is the cougar, 
 mountain lion or panth.er. While plentiful in the southern parts of the province and 
 i.n Vancouver island, it is seldom found in the central parts. The common lynx may 
 be found anywhere, while a few wild-cats are sometimes seen. 
 
 Of the smaller fur-bearing animals, there are many species widely distributed 
 Beaver are now being protected, as this very valuable animal v\'as showing signs of 
 bein'' on the deci-ease. Indians are pei-mitted to kill the beaver in summer-time if in 
 need of food — a convenient excuse — and the practice no doubt has a more serious 
 elfect on the decrease of the species than the regular winter trapping. 
 
 Red foxes are plentiful, with a fair number of cross, silver and black scattered 
 over the district. Fox farming is an industry that might prove very successful in 
 many of the isolated valleys of the northern interior. 
 
 As approximately 90 per cent of the total area of the province will remain in its 
 present condition of unbroken hills, covered with forests and interspersed with 
 streams and lakes, the hunting grounds and haunts of these animals will remain undis- 
 turbed. So long as the taking of them is not permitted to become unduly excessive the 
 fur supply should remain a permanent asset. 
 
 Of wild-fowl there is a large and varied list, which affords excellent sport in 
 proper season and most palatable additions to the table. Geese and swans are found 
 en the northerly interior waters, while many species of ducks are widely distributed 
 uver both coast and interior regions. On the coast they remain all winter, but migrate 
 from interior waters. 
 
 Prairie chickens were scarce for some years, but after a period of protection they 
 are becoming more plentiful. A few six»cies of grouse are widely distributed and fairly 
 plentiful. Ptarmigan are found in the mountain and northern regions in large flocks. 
 A numl^er of game birds have been introduced from outside sources and arc 
 ir in numbers satisfactorily. They include pheasants, European partridges 
 I '. Wliite " <iMail. 
 (lame birds, birds of prey, .song birds and insectivorous birds all al)oun(l plenti- 
 fully in (.'ciifral Briti-' i" " liia. The wild life of the district is most prolific and 
 nsKurc-s the maximum .r.- to the sport>maii, naturalist and lover of nature.
 
 WATER RESOURCES* 
 
 While only a small part of the greater watercourses of Central hVitish Columbia 
 have been investigated, there is no doubt that, as investigations proceed, the amount 
 of power available will be found to compare favourably with any part of the province. 
 The value of these watercourses, not only in connection with water-pow-er but with 
 Hshing, municipal water supply and irrigation, cannot be overestimated. 
 
 The utilization of a number of the water-powers in connection with mining, 
 pulp and paper industries has contributed very largely to the development of Central 
 British Columbia. The revenue from the output of the mines and forests of the 
 l>rovince has greatly exceeded that from all other industries, and without such powder as 
 has been developed, the advance in the development of these industries would not have 
 been possible. 
 
 So far the greater part of the power development north of the 52nd parallel of 
 north latitude has taken place along the coast. Plants for the manufacture of pulp 
 and paper have been established at Ocean Falls and Swanson Bay. At Surf Inlet 
 and Falls river the developments are used for mining and smelting. The corporation 
 of Prince Eupert has developed power at Woodworth's lake, seven miles from the 
 city. The power is used to provide electrical energy for the city of Prince Rupert 
 and the terminals of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway. Inland about 150 miles 
 from Prince Rupert, and 4^ miles from Skeena Crossing, the Rocher Deboule Com- 
 pany has installed a small hydro-electric plant in connection with the development 
 of a high-grade copper proposition. 
 
 In addition there is still a certain amount of power used for placer mining, but 
 the output from this branch of the mining industry has dwindled from nearly 
 $4,000,0€0 in 1863 to $600,000 in 1915. At the present time the only operations of 
 any magnitude are carried on in the vicinity of Barkerville. Water for sluicing 
 operations has been used from Willow-, Lightning, and Williams creeks and their 
 tributaries. 
 
 The water courses of Central British Columbia might be classed under three 
 divisions, namely, the Coast drainage basin, including the iSkeena and Xaas River 
 basins, the Fraser drainage basin, and the ^Mackenzie drainage basin. 
 
 Of the Coast streams, the Skeena and Xaas rivers possess the greatest potential 
 power. The power on the Skeena river and its tributaries, of which Kitsumgallum, 
 Zymoetz, Bulkley and IMorice are the miost important, has been estimated at 86,000 
 horse-power. The power en the Xaas river and tributaries has been estimated at 
 145,000 horse-power. 
 
 There are altogether too many power sites in the Coast drainage basin to make 
 mention of here. The report on " Water Powers of British Columbia "f mentions 114 
 power sites on the mainland Pacific coast between the 52nd and 57th parallels of 
 north latitude. 
 
 *Data for the section on water-power were compiled l)y Mr. R. G. Swan, District Chief 
 Engineer in charge of the Dominion Water Power Branch staff in British Columbia, after con- 
 sultation with Mr. Cleveland, Comptroller of Water Rights of the British Columbia Lands 
 Department, Victoria, B.C. 
 
 t Commission oL Conservation, 1919. 
 
 47
 
 48 
 
 Central British Columbia 
 
 It might be well to call attention here to the proximity of lakes Loring, McAuley, 
 Emerald, Tahtsa, and Eutsuk to tidewater. The elevation of the above mentioned 
 lakes is approximately 3,CXtO feet. The first two drain into the Bulkley river and the 
 others into the Xeohako river. They are, however, all within a fairly short distance 
 of Gardner canal, and the possibility of utilizing this head by diverting the waters 
 into Gardner canal will doubtless receive early consideration. 
 
 Proceeding eastward, the second division includes the Eraser river and tributaries, 
 of which the Chilcotin, Quesnel, Blackwater and Nechako rivers are the most important. 
 The power in the Eraser River ba<iin has been estimated at 000,000 horse-power. 
 
 It is possible that owing to the proximity of the roadbed of the Grand Trunk 
 Pacific railway to the Skeena and Eraser rivers, a certain amount of the power above 
 referred to cannot be developed. 
 
 Of the third division, tliat included in the Great ]\rackenzie drainage basin, or 
 more lofcally within the drainage basin of one of its principal sources or trihutaries, 
 the famous Peace river, the water-ix)wer possibilities are practically unknown. West 
 of the Rocky mountains, the principal rivers are the Einlay and Parsnip, which 
 unite to form the Peace, and the Omineca and Nation, which are tributary to the 
 Einlay. East of the Rockies the principal tributaries of the Peace in Central 
 British Columbia 'territory are the Pine and South Pine rivers. 
 
 Next in importance to mining and lumbering comes the fishing industry. It 
 is one that must be seriously considered in all power development schemes in order 
 that such an important industry shall not in any way be damaged. 
 
 The preservation of salmon is of vital necessity to the province, and to that 
 end a number of hatcheries have been established on the inland waters for the 
 propagation of the young salmon. No obstruction should be allowed to remain in 
 any stream which might hinder the fish from reaching their spawning grounds, or 
 the acceee of the young fish to the sea. In every power development which includes 
 any form of dam the laws of the province require that provision be made to allow 
 of the passage of fish. 
 
 The use of water for municipal water supply is unquestionably one of its most 
 important utilizations, and no effort should be spared to prevent the pollution of 
 waters by domestic sewage and industrial wastes. It is of interest to note that before 
 the Provincial Government will grant a water license for this purpose the quality 
 of the water must be approved by the Provincial Board of Health. Both the 
 Dominion and Provincial Governmentfi have placed resei'ves on many watersheds in 
 the interests of communities, and in several instances not only the water, but all 
 other resources on the watersheds have been reserved. 
 
 Throughout the province are many navigable lakes and rivers. In the development 
 different railroad systeme the flat-bottomed stern-wheeler has played an 
 iiipi.rtant part in tlio transportation of men and supplies along the limes of the railway. 
 There are stretches on many of the large streams that are, however, not navigable. 
 The ercvtion of dams for power purposes would, at a number of places, improve the 
 rivers for navigation by drowrjinf? out the rapids. For the most part, the railways of 
 the province follow th*- larjror river valleys and, since the completion of the roads, 
 river «iteam-booting has been gradually dying out. Under the circumstances, the fact
 
 Water Resources 49 
 
 that the interest of navigation has generally been coneidered prior to those of power, 
 is not likely to conflict with any important future power development or other uses 
 of the water resources. 
 
 Eelatively little irrigation in British Columbia at the present time is carried on 
 north of the 5'2nd parallel of north latitude. This ie no doubt due to the fact that, 
 owing to the difficulty in transporting farm produce, the greater part of the land has 
 been used in connection with stock raising. No doubt when the line of the Paoific 
 Great Eastern railway opens up thie country, a great part of the land will be taken 
 up, and while the average rainfall is greater than in the dry belt, still to insure 
 successful farming it will be necessary in some localities to supplement the rainfall 
 by irrigation. 
 
 Investigations of the water resources of British Columbia are being made by 
 both federal and provincial engineers. The Dominion Water Power Branch of the 
 Department of the Interior, Ottawa, acts in co-operation with the Provincial Water 
 Eights Branch, Victoria, in carrying out an extensive hydrometric survey of the 
 province. R. G. Swan is the chief engineer of these federal operations and E. A. 
 Cleveland is comptroller of water rights for the province. A number of reports, 
 covering the progress of this hydrometric survey from 1'913 to lO'lS, have been issued 
 by the Dominion Water Power Branch. They comprise Water Resources Papers 
 Nos. 1, 8, 14, 18, 21, and 23. Under the direction of Mr. Cleveland the province is 
 carrying on detailed surveys of the more important power sites and are also investi- 
 gating the storage possibilities of many irrigation streams for the purpose of 
 augmenting the water supply. 
 
 An excellent report on the water-powers of British Columbia, by G. R. G. 
 Conway, Consulting Engineer of the British Columbia Electric Railway Company, is 
 embodied in Water Resources Paper No. 16, entitled "Water Powers of 'Canada." 
 
 The Commission of Conservation have recently issued an exhaustive report 
 entitled " Water Powers of British Columbia." The subject is treated very fully, the 
 report containing over ©CO pages, with numerous maps and illustrations. Numerous 
 sites in Central British Columbia were investigated by the author of this report and 
 the available power estimated. 
 
 The report " Central Electric Stations in Canada " is more recent and has been 
 printed in two parts. Part I, Statistics, is issued by the Dominion Bureau of 
 Statistics as a Census of Industry, 1917. It was prepared in collaboration with the 
 Dominion Water Power Branch. Part II. Directory, by J. T. Johnston, Assistant 
 Director of W^ater Power, has been published as Water Resources Paper No. 27. 
 
 The administration and control O'f the water resources of the province are in 
 the hands of the Provincial Government, which issues regulations governing their 
 disposal or development. 
 
 39736—4
 
 Outdoor ruses in Skecna valley. 
 
 y&S&mim<^ 
 
 A Kllmpflc of I'rlncc Ituijerlh magnilicent harbour.
 
 TRANSPORTATION AND COMMUNICATIONS 
 
 By the completion of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway in 1014 Central British 
 Columbia attained the initial advantage of a through tranecontinental service and a 
 solid foundation on whi'ch to build up an elaborate and adequate local system of 
 inland transportation. The Pacific terminus, Prince Rupert, is several hundred 
 miles nearer the Orient than Vancouver, Seattle or San Francisco, and the estab- 
 lishment of a transpacific steamship service from this point is expected in the near 
 future. To form some estimate of what these advantages will mean one has only to 
 observe the wonderful advancement attained by southern British Cc'lumbia following 
 the building of the Canadian Pacific railway. This road was only completed in 
 1885, prior to w'hich date the central belt of the province was better known than the 
 southern. Immediately conditions were reversed, and the growth and development 
 of territory adja-cent to this railway has been mc'St marked, with Vancouver, its 
 Paqific terminus, becoming a great commercial and shipping centre. 
 
 The Grand Trunk Pacific railway proper is the western part of the great Cana- 
 dian transcontinental line built by or with the assistance of the Government of 
 Canada between the years 1904 and 1914. This section of the line extends from 
 Prince Rupert, the Pacific terminus, to Winnipeg, while the eastern section extends 
 from Winnipeg to Moncton. The original arrangement called for the construction 
 of the eastern part by the Government, the construction of the western part by the 
 Grand Trunk Pacific Railway Company and the operation of the entire line by the 
 company, the Government to receive a certain rental for its part. The company, 
 however, operated only the western lines, while the eastern lines were absorbed as 
 part of the Government railway system. Arrangements were later completed for the 
 taking over by the Government of the balance of this line, and before the end of the 
 year 1'9'20 the Grand Trunk Pacific railway became a part of the great government- 
 owned and operated " Canadian National Railways." 
 
 Another great Canadian transcontinental railway passes through a small portion 
 of Central British Columbia, namely, the road formerly known as the Canadian 
 Northern railway, now owned by the Government of Canada and known under the 
 name of " Canadian National Railway." It enters this district from the east by the 
 same route as the Grand Trunk Pacific, namely, through the Yellowhead pass. How- 
 ever, it soon swings southerly by way C'f the North Thompson valley, and at Kam- 
 loops comes in contact with the Canadian Pacific railway. It parallels this road 
 westerly from this point to Vancouver, which city is also its Pacific terminus. 
 
 The Grand Trunk Pacific is therefore the main thoroughfare for east and west 
 traffic in Central British Columbia. From tide-water at Prince Rupert, which is an 
 excellent location for an ocean terminus, having an unexcelled natural harbour, it 
 ascends the valley of the Skeena river, serving the numerous canneries found along 
 these waters and the lumber, pulp and mining industries springing into prominence 
 on this part of the coast. 
 
 In passing through Hazelton it assures this mining centre of adequate and 
 permanent shipping facilities for the great tonnage of ore and coal that will doubt- 
 less soon be forthcoming from the Groundhog areas. 
 
 307SC — 'li 
 
 51
 
 52 
 
 Central Biiiish Columhia 
 
 It then traverses the famous Bulkley valley, with rich farms and ranches on the 
 level lands and coal and minerals in the adjacent mountains. The coast summit is 
 reached at Rose lake, with an altitude of only 2,368 feet. 
 
 The great fertile interior plateaus are then traversed, opening up vast agricultural 
 areas along the Endako river, Fraser lake, ISiechako river and upper Frascr valley. 
 
 The lowest point on tbs railway in this interior section is at Prince George, where 
 the elevation is 1,8GT feet above sea-level. Easterly from this city the railway ascends 
 the Fraser river to its headwaters, passing through a wide fertile valley covered with 
 immense quantities of valuable spriice and other woods. 
 
 The continental divide and the British Columbia-Alberta boundary is crossed at 
 the Yellowhead pass, the elevation of which is only 3,716 feet. The total distance from 
 Prince Rupert to this point, that is the length of the Grand Trunk Pacific in British 
 Columbia, is 704 miles. Another 21'9 miles brings the line to Edmonton, while the total 
 distance from Prince Rupert to Winnipeg, the entire main line of this railway, is 
 1,752 miles. 
 
 From Red Pass Junction, at mileage 677 east of Prince Rupei't, to Lobstick Junc- 
 tion in Alberta, at mileage 8S4 east, the Grand Trunk Pacific and Canadian National 
 railways now use a common track. The original tracks paralleled each other very 
 closely through the Yellowhead pass. During the progress of the war the Government 
 arranged for the joint use of one set of rails on this section, thus releasing the other 
 for overseas construction. Now that both lines have come under permanent govern- 
 ment control, this ai*rangement, with certain modifications, will in all probability be 
 adhered to. 
 
 The construction of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway is of a most thorough and 
 permanent natui-e. The location has been most carefully chosen and the road-bed 
 solidly built. It is constructed on a four-tenths per cent grade and the sharpest curve 
 is four degrees. No other railway crossing the Rockies has so low a grade, and the 
 curvature is the easiest of any transcontinental line in America. Bridges and culverts 
 are designed to the highest and most modern standards. Standard main line rails are 
 used throughout. 
 
 Over one hundred stations have been provided for within Central British Colum- 
 bia of which seven are divisional points. Coaling stations, water tanks, wyes and side 
 tracks have been amply supplied. Both telegraph and telephone equipments are 
 installed and trains are operated by telephone. At present trafiic is comparatively 
 light, but with the further development of the district and the establiehment of trans- 
 pacific steamship connections, it may be expected rapidly to assume greater propor- 
 tions. The road has been built in anticipation of this and is of the highest standard 
 throughout. 
 
 Some interesting facts are disclosed on comparing the British Columbia section 
 of this railroad with that of the Canadian Pacific. The Grand Trunk Pacific crosses 
 the Rockies and enters British Columbia at Yellowhead pass and the Canadian Pacific 
 does so at Kicking Horse pass. The elevation reached at the Yellowhead is 3,716 feet, 
 that at Kicking Horse pass is 5,332 feet, being 1,G1G feet higher than the more north- 
 erly route. 
 
 The elevation reached by the Grand Trunk Pacific in crossing the intervening 
 divide— the Coaat range— is 2,363 feet, while the Canadian Pacific climbs to 3,787
 
 Transportation and Communication 53 
 
 feet in the now Eogers pass tunnel on the Selkirk divide. The old summit here was 
 4,340 feet. The tracks of the Grand Trunk Pacific at Prince Rupert are 19 feet above 
 sea-level, while those of the Canadian Pacific at Vancouver are 14 feet. 
 
 The mileage of the Grand Trunk Pacific from the Yellowhead pass to Prince 
 Rupert is 704. That of the Canadian Pacific from Kicking Horse pass to Vancouver 
 is 519. The Canadian National railway has a length of 516 miles between Vancouver 
 and Yellowhead pass. The Yellowhead route to Vancouver is thus 3 miles shorter 
 within British Columbia than the Kicking Horse route, while the length of the Grand 
 Trunk Pacific from this divide to the sea is nearly 200 miles longer than either of the 
 others. Every mile of this distance, however, is rich in natural resources of one 
 species or other and the railway serves a vast territory of YOO miles in length by some 
 300 in breadth. 
 
 There are two other railways to which Central British Columbia looks for the 
 development of a more north and south line of transportation. These are the Pacific 
 Great Eastern railway and the Edmonton, Dunvegan and British Columbia railway. 
 The Prince George Eastern is now in the hands of the Provincial Government of 
 British Columbia. It was commenced some few years ago from Squamish, a point 
 at the head of tide-water in Howe sound, a few miles north of Vancouver, and built 
 northeasterly to cross the Eraser river at Lillooet. The grading was carried northerly, 
 and, meeting the Eraser again at Soda creek, followed up its valley as far as Prince 
 George. The location was then carried north and east to cross the Rockies by the 
 Pine pass and enter the plateaus of the Peace River district. 
 
 The Edmonton, Dunvegan and British Columbia railway belongs to the J. D. 
 McArthur interests. Its operation was taken over in 1920 by the Canadian Pacific 
 Railway Company. It commences at Edmonton and runs northerly and westerly to 
 McLennan and Spirit River in the Peace River district. Erom McLennan, a branch, 
 known as the Canada Central, runs northerly to Peace River. Erom Spirit River 
 another branch, part of the main system, runs south to Grande Prairie. The extension 
 of the main line westerly from Spirit River has been graded some 55 miles further 
 to enter the province of British Columbia at Pouce Coupe. 
 
 It has been generally supposed that these railroads should connect somewhere 
 about this point, the one traversing British Columbia and the other Alberta. Together 
 they would give a line from Edmonton to Vancouver by way of the great agricultural 
 areas of the famous Peace River and Central British Columbia districts. Both roads 
 fell behind their building schedule. The Edmonton, Dunvegan and British Columbia 
 appears to be indefinitely halted at Spirit River but construction on the Pacific Great 
 Eastern is again under way. Steel reached Quesnel some time ago and is now as 
 far as Cottonwood canyon. Between this point and Prince George contractors are 
 now at work. It should be a matter of only a short time till steel has been laid 
 to connect with the Grand Trunk Pacific. 
 
 The matter of the extension of this line north of Prince George and through the 
 Rockies to the Peace River district is now receiving the attention of the provincial 
 authorities. It has been advocated by many that a better route than the Pine pass 
 would be found by following the Parsnip river to Finlay Eorks and thence following 
 the Peace river through the mountains by way of Hudson Hope. This would make 
 accessible the great Omineca mining district and the mineral deposits of Mount Selwyn 
 and coal deposits of the Carbon River district.
 
 54 Central British Columhia 
 
 At any rate it is evident that the line must be pushed without dehiy into this part 
 of the province, which, by nature of its geographical position, is now cut off from the 
 main part. The road will not only weld this district to the mother province but will 
 prove an avenue of commerce by which the agricultural products of the great Peace 
 Kiver district will find their way to the Pacific coast — their logical shipping point. 
 An air line from Peace River town to Prince Rupert is about 525 miles in length as 
 compared with 1.273 miles, the approximate length of a similar line to Fort AYilliam. 
 The distance to Vancouver is about the same as that to Prince Rupert. It is thus 
 evident that the logical direction for the movement of the Peace River products is 
 west. 
 
 The bonds of the Edmonton, Dunvegan and British Columbia railway are guar- 
 anteed by the Provincial Government of Alberta. As the improvement and extension 
 of the road is now becoming a matter of vital importance and economic necessity it 
 may be safely assumed that some action will shortly be taken by provincial or federal 
 authorities to insure this work being carried out. 
 
 Central British Columbia may therefore expect to have the additional advantage 
 of north and south lines of transportation. With these main trunk lines radiating 
 from the vicinity, with Prince George as centre, the interior development should be 
 assured. Branch lines and feeders to tap various agricultural, mining or lumbering 
 regions could then be built as required with a minimum of expense. 
 
 Along the coast are to be found a nun:ber of short railways built and operated 
 by various companies in connection with their mining, lumber, or pulp industries. 
 These lines are usually narrow gauge and in some cases electrified. 
 
 Of water transportation two principal divisions may be considered, namely, ocean 
 and inland. These may each be subdivided, the ocean navigation into foreign and 
 coast service, and the inland into steamboat and small craft operations. 
 
 Foreign or transpacific steamship service from Central British Columbia has 
 not yet been established or developed to any great extent. It offers, however, a most 
 attractive field for investment. Prince Rupert is built on Kaien island, and is 
 surrounded and hemmed in by groups of islands and overhanging hills, forming a most 
 extensive and safe natural harbour. It is the natural outlet for the products of the 
 great fertile interior of Central British Columbia and Northern Alberta and the 
 centre of the great fishing, lumbering and mining industries of the coast regions north 
 of Vancouver island. 
 
 The geographical location of this port gives it a tremendous advantage in Oriental 
 connections. It is 4S0 miles nearer Yokohama than is Vancouver. Its splendid 
 liarbour, rich adjacent territory and transcontinental railway connections, together 
 with its mild climate, making it an all-tlie-year-round port, should result in the 
 establishment shortly of regular steam/ship services to the principal Pacific ports of 
 call. 
 
 The coast steamship service, unlike the foreign, is highly develoiied, and vessels 
 in this service are continually coming and going, to and from Prince Rupert and 
 other ports of call. The Pacific const, from the strait of Juan de Fuca to the head of 
 Lynn canal, provides one of the mo^t beautiful and famous land-locked ocean routes 
 in the world. It is protected fn.m the main oceaji by the insular system, ci)iiii)rising
 
 Transportation and Comm^micatinn 55 
 
 groujie of islandc of varying size, stretching over almost the entire course and afford- 
 ing protection and an "inside passage" of approximately 1,000 miles in length. 
 Snow-capped mountains, whose lower slopes are clothed in dense evergreen woods, rise 
 from the she^re lineo on both islands and mainland. Here and there rocky fissures 
 or gleaming glaciers break the expanse of green by slashing it from the snowline to 
 the water's edge. Many deep and irregular inlets, fiords and countless islands of 
 green woods and grey rocks give an intricate and ever-ehanging route of pleasing 
 variety. Lighthouses, buoys and beacons niark out the c(jurse which, in places, narrows 
 down between numerous islands to resemble a winding river. This is a favourite 
 voyage for tourists. 
 
 There are several steamship lines operating on the coast run, which extends from 
 Seattle, Victoria and Vancouver on the south to Anyox and Skagway on the north. 
 Principal of these are the Canadian Pacific, Grand Trunk Pacific and Union Steam- 
 ship companies. Chief ports of call in Central British Columbia are Ocean Falls, 
 Swanson Bay, Prince Rupert, Port Simpson, Anyox and Stewart. Fleets of smaller 
 steamers, gasolene boats, fishing smacks and sailing vessels give the coast a busy 
 appearance. With the establishment of extensive dry docks and shipbuilding plant 
 at Prince Rupert calls of large and small vessels for repairs are becoming numerous. 
 
 Before the building of the Grand Trunk Pacific, especially during the gold boom 
 days, river steamboats plied the Skeena .from Port Eseington to Hazelton. Others 
 operated on the ujjper Fraser, Xechako and Stuart rivers. Their services are now 
 practically discontinued except on the Fraser between South Fort George and Soda 
 Creek. 
 
 On the Peace river steamboats with headquarters, at the town of Peace River 
 operate up stream as far as the Roicky Mountain canyon. The principal ports of call 
 inside the British Columbia line are Pouce Coupe landing, Fort St. John and Hudson 
 Hope. The commodious and modern steamer D. A. Thomas is operated on this route 
 by the Peace River Development Company, Limited. A smaller boat, the Pine Pass, 
 and several gasolene boats also follow this run. 
 
 Above the canyon there is a triangular run, consisting of the upper part of Peace 
 river and the lower parts of its affluents, the Finlay and Parsnip. No regular service 
 is yet maintained on these waters, though a few small motor boats and numerous 
 canoes are to be seen. The Finlay river could now be navigated by small steamers 
 -as far as Fort Graham and the mouth of the Ingenika, while the Parsnip offers a 
 stretch to the mouth of the Misinchica, with possibly entrance to McLeod lake at high 
 stages of the water. 
 
 Throughout the district there are to be found many networks of lakes and 
 connecting rivers, which offer means of travel by water in every direction. The many 
 lakes also offer excellent fields for boating both for pleasure and convenience. As 
 settlement spreads around these bodies of water small service boats are soon placed 
 on them; these serve a useful purpose, especially in the early days of development, 
 when roads are few and poor. 
 
 As to roads and trails, Central British Columbia is singularly fortunate. In 
 opening up now as a new country it finds itself in possession of many excellent high- 
 ways provided by or for the use of the mining population of old days. Most worthy
 
 56 Central British Columbia 
 
 of mention among these is the world famous " Cariboo road," built by the Koyal 
 Engineers with the assistance of the miners themselves under the direction of Governor 
 Douglas during the early sixties. This excellent highway is the main artery of 
 commerce for the interior. Commencing at Ashcroft, a town on the Canadian Pacific 
 railway in the Thompson valley, now also served by the Canadian National railway, 
 it runs northerly 220 miles to Quesnel and thence easterly an additional 60 miles to 
 Barkerville, the centre of the Cariboo gold-fields. Climbing from an altitude of 
 1,000 feet at Ashcroft it reaches Clinton by way of the picturesque Bonaparte valley. 
 The distance is about 34 miles and the grade very steep. 
 
 From Clinton the road, now closely paralleled by the P. G. E. railroad grade, 
 climbs onto the high plateaus of the interior and runs by way of Lac la Hache and 
 l.')0-Mile House to the east bank of the Eraser at Soda Creek. It closely follows 
 this bank through Macalister, Alexandria and Kersley to Quesnel. 
 
 This road is still in a remarkable state of preservation and is subjected to heavy 
 traffic. The completion of the Pacific Great Eastern railway will witness the passing 
 of the long through stage service but it will always remain a main trunk road of this 
 part of the Eraser valley. Auto stages make regular trips between Ashcroft and 
 Quesnel, covering the 220 miles as a rule in one day. They also run betweem Quesnel 
 and Barkerville. This section is good but has very heavy grades. 
 
 Erom this main trunk highway roads and trails branch off east and west to serve 
 Horsefly, Quesnel lake, Chilcotin and Blackwater districts. A trail from the Barker- 
 ville district leads easterly to the valley of the south fork of the Eraser and meets the 
 Grand Trunk Pacific railway at Rooney, while one from the Chilcotin crosses to the 
 Bella Coola valley and follows it to the end of a road leading to the coast. 
 
 A wagon road with stage service operating on it runs from Vanderhoof to Eort 
 St. James, and trails lead from that point to Manson Creek and Eort McLeod. 
 Another good wagon road with stage service runs from Burns lake south to Erancois 
 and Ootsa lakes. 
 
 Along the old Ashcroft-Yukon telegraph line a road follows from Quesnel to Eort 
 Eraser, with a branch leaving at the Blackwater crossing to run into Prince George. 
 From Fort Eraser the road traverses the Endako and B'ulkley valleys to Hazelton and 
 for some 45 miles up the Skeeoia river above this point. 
 
 A road, now in rough condition, leads from Giscome, on the Eraser river, some 7 
 miles across the "Giscome portage" to Summit lake. A road leading north from 
 Prince George joined this road about half a mile north of the Eraser river, but now a 
 short-cut has been built, giving a direct line from Prince George to Summit lake and 
 cutting out the old road. A great amount of traffic follows this route. 
 
 The Cariboo, Upper Eraser, Nechako and Bulkley districts have a fair asset of 
 reads and trails for a new district and they are being added to and improved from 
 year to year. The Terrace district has good local roads, also the lower parts of many 
 coast valleys. 
 
 Better transportation farilitios arc rcciuired for the Xaas district. A trunk 
 road, giving an outh-t from the Bulkley and Kispiox valleys and following down the 
 Skf-enn vallr-y to sf-rvo thi? territory locally and connect with Prince Rupert, would 
 al.-io be a great advantage. The road from Quesnel to Prince George requires 
 improvement
 
 Transportation and Communication 57 
 
 For so large a district with such scanty population the roads compare favourably 
 with any district so situated, and the Highways Department of the province is keeping 
 pace with the growth of tlie country in meeting the request for more and better roads. 
 It is not a difficult country in which to build trails or roads and excellent transpor- 
 tation facilities will be a feature of the development. 
 
 The railways, steamboats and stages operating in this district all carry mail, which 
 is further distributed by numerous regular carriers. Except in the most outlying 
 settlements mail service is reasonably frequent and quite reliable. The number of 
 post offices in Central British Columbia is being constantly added to. The gross 
 postal revenue for the year ending March 31, 1918, amounted to $22,817.42 at Princo 
 Eupert and $4,462.61 at Prince George. 
 
 The district is singularly fortunate in being provided with a number of telegraph 
 lines. During the years 1878 to 1887 the Dominion Government constructed a lino, 
 for the benefit of the Cariiboo mining district, from Ashcroft to Quesnel and thence to 
 Barkerville, It is 276 miles in length and follows the Carbioo road. It is now 
 adapted to both telegraph and telephone uses. At Ashcroft connection with the 
 Canadian Pacific telegraph lines gives service to all outside points. A branch line, 
 added in 1902, from 150-Mile House to Quesnel Forks, gives service to Harper's Camp 
 and the Quesnel Lake district. It is 89 miles in length. These lines are used locally 
 to a great extent. 
 
 When the rush to the Klondike gold-fields took place the need of telegraphic 
 connection with new centres then springing up became urgent. Commencing in 1899, 
 the Dominion Government constructed the famous Ashcroft-Dawson line, which now 
 reaches to the Yukon-Alaska boundary line at Eagle — a total distance of 1,777 miles. 
 It follows the Cariboo road as far north as Quesnel, then cuts across to Fort Eraser, 
 and traverses the Endako and Bulkley valleys to Hazelton. Thence runs north, 
 traversing the Kispiox valley and following the divide at the head of ISTaas river to 
 cross the Stikine at Telegraph Creek, beyond which it reaches AtHn, "Whitehorse and 
 Dawson. 
 
 From Hazelton a line was built down the Skeena valley during the years 1901-07 
 to Prince Rupert, Fssington and Port Simpson. It is 218 miles in length, with some 
 twenty-two offices. A number of local telephone lines also radiate from the Hazelton 
 office. 
 
 From Terrace, on the Hazelton-Prince Rupert section, another branch of 174 
 miles was constructed in 1910-11 to Anyox and Stewart. It follows up the Kitsum- 
 gallum valley, crosses the ISTaas river at Upper Naas, and swings around the head of 
 Alice Arm. There are eight offices on this section. 
 
 In 1912 a branch line was built from 150-Mile House on the Ashcroft-Quesnel 
 line westerly through the Chilootin district, across the Coast range of mountains and 
 down Bella Coola valley to the coast. The length of this branch is 329 miles, with 
 twenty-eight offices. It touches Chimney Creek, Riske Creek, Hanceville, Alexis 
 Creek, Redstone, Chilanko Forks, Tatla Lake, and other points. Telephones only 
 are now used on this section. 
 
 Still another Dominion Government line serves the Peace River district east of 
 the Rockies. It is some 700 miles in length, running from Edmonton to Peace River
 
 Oat field on ranch at Frangois lake, Briiish Columbu 
 
 Historic Town of Huzolton, fcntre of Ihu <>niineca mining activity.
 
 Educaiion and Social Life ' 59 
 
 and serving in British Columbia cuoh points as Swan Lake, Pouce Coupe, Fort St. 
 John, Halfway River and Hudson Hope. 
 
 On the eoai?t there are several wireless stations, giving direct connection with 
 each other, bhips at sea, and the principal wireless stations of the more thickly 
 settled southerly parts. Many large industrial plants have wireless systems of their 
 own. 
 
 There is no reason to doubt that the e.xtension of these facilities will keep pace 
 with the development of the country. Prince Eupert and Prince George now have 
 telephone systems of their own. A telephone line from Prince George to Blackwater 
 gives connection with the Ashcrc-ft-Dawson line. Additional to these lines are the 
 wires of railway?, which give a commercial service from all stations. The extension 
 of the mail service to include rural free delivery in agricultural settlements and the 
 establitliment of rural tehphone lines is only a matter cf time. 
 
 EDUCATION AND SOCIAL LIFE 
 
 Edueational facilities throughout Central British Columbia are essentially the 
 same as exist over the entire province, excepting that possibly the handicap caused 
 by the isolation of families in remote corners is felt to a greater degree. Education 
 in Canada is administered by the Provincial Governments independently of each 
 other. The departments of these various Governments dealing with this important 
 matter strive to keep abreast of or outdo each other, with the result that most pro- 
 gressive and thorough educational policies are being carried out. 
 
 The education of all children in public schools erected and maintained by the 
 .Education Department is both free and compulsory. In the larger centres high 
 schools are maintained in like manner. Attendance on the part of the children at 
 these institutions is also free. 
 
 The great areas with scanty population in Central British Columbia make the 
 duty of providing for the education C'f the children a most serious matter. In its 
 endeavour to place within the reach of every child the opportunity of acquiring an 
 elementary education the Government has gone so far as to provide for the erection 
 /of a S'choc'l house and the supplying of a teacher where a minimum number of ten 
 children are found in any locality. An average attendance of eight was required to 
 keep such schools open. As may be readily imagined in such outlying localities, 
 some of these children would have long distances to go to and from school. Roads in 
 such localities are not of the best, and when inclement weather occurred it was diffi- 
 cult for such children to maintain a regular attendance. The average, therefore, has 
 been reduced from eight to six, in order to permit the cc'iitinuance of some schools 
 which would otherwise be forced to close down. It has often been suggested that 
 the minimum might be made still lower. 
 
 Another suggestion that is being considered by the Department of Education is 
 the establishment of central resident schools thrC'Ughout the rural districts. With 
 the improvement of roads it might often be found advantageous to establish con- 
 solidated schools, embracing several small districts and providing for the transporta- 
 tion of children by stage or motor-car.
 
 60 
 
 Central British Columhia 
 
 The department is most anxious that every boy and girl growing up in any part 
 of the province should be provided with a free preliminary education. The difficul- 
 ties of carrying this out in remote and sparsely settled sections are only too obvious. 
 Not only would the expense entailed be out of all proportion to the results obtained, 
 but it would be impossible to secure the services of teachers willing to isolate them- 
 selves in such parts. Hunters, trappers, prospectors and other men who follow 
 similar occupations rarely, if ever, take their families, if they have any, into the 
 isolated districts. Hence their self-banishment concerns themselves only. The 
 settler, however, who takes with him a young family into a new district of Central 
 British Columbia carries with him the responsibility of his children's education. It 
 should, therefore, be his aim to guard against locating in any isolated part where 
 he is likely to be cut off for many years from the advantages of the school. 
 
 By keeping closer to the older settled parts, or by entering those districts which 
 are being opened up and settled in a pronounced manner, he is sure of finding the 
 educational advantages keeping pace with other development. Should the locality in 
 which he desires to locate be a remote one it would be to his ultimate advantage, and 
 the immediate advantage of his children, if other families having children of school 
 age could accompany him, in order that the minimum number of ten children might 
 be found in the locality. With the rapid settlement of large areas of Central British 
 Columbia's fertile lands and the springing up of numerous towns, the disadvantage 
 due to lack of means of education will rapidly disappear. The gathering together 
 of large numbers of families in the lumbering, mining and fishing centres also 
 makes the providing of schools for their children an easy matter. 
 
 There are two municipal school districts in Central British Columbia, namely, 
 the cities of Prince Rupert and Prince George. At Prince Rupert there are graded 
 schools of seventeen divisions, and at Prince George of six divisions. At Prince 
 Rupert there is a high school of three divisions. Prince George has also high school 
 advantages. In addition to these city schools, there are public schools at nearly 
 one hundred centres scattered throughout Central British Columbia. 
 
 On the coast schools elsewhere than at Prince Rupert are to be found at Alice 
 Arm, Granby Bay, Granby Bay Mine, Stewart, Bella Coola, Bella Coola Lower, Cedar- 
 vale, Copper City, Essington, Phelan, Kitsumgallum, Mctlakatla, MacKenzie, Noos- 
 atsum, Ocean Falls, Osland, Pacific, Port Clements, Sandspit, Simpson, Sunnyside 
 Cannery, Surf Inlet, Surf Inlet Mine, Swanson Bay, and Usk. 
 
 In the interior districts adjacent to the Grand Trunk Pacific railway, and the 
 Peace River District, the following settlements, in addition to Prince George, have 
 schools: Beaverley, Blue River, Braeside, Chief Lake, iChilco, Collishaw, Dawson 
 Creek, Dome Creek, Dunster, Ellesby, Engen, Fort Eraser, Fort George, Fort George 
 South, Giscome, Hartley, Ilutton, Lake District, Landry, Lee, Loos, Lucerne, Maps, 
 Mud River, McBride, Nechako, Pouce Coupe, Pouce Coupe Central, Pouce Coupe 
 North, Rose Valley, Saskatoon Creek, Stuart River, Swift Creek, Vanderhoof, "Willow 
 River, Bulkley North, Bulkley South, Burns Lake, Endako, Francois Lake, FranQoie 
 .Lake South, Hazolton, New Hazelton, Houston, Alexander Manson, Nithi River, 
 Oofsa Lake, Round Lake, Smithers and Telkwa. 
 
 The Cariboo district has schools at Alexandria, Barkerville, Beaver Lake, Castle 
 Rock, Chilcotin, Chimney Creek, Dragon Lake, Glencoe, Harper's Camp, Hilborn,
 
 Education and Social Life 61 
 
 Meldrum Creek, Macalister, Quesiiel, Rose Lake, Sister's Creek, Soda Creek, and 
 Williams Lake. 
 
 The teaching etati" of Central British Columbia numbers about liO. Of these 
 about twenty-four hold academic qualificatione. There are about the same number 
 holding firet-class teachers' certificates, forty-five holding second-class certificates, 
 twenty holding third-clase, with twenty-five or thirty temporary and special teachers. 
 Male teachers constitute about one-third of the total. 
 
 Throughout the province the average salary paid teachers in the year 191G-17 was 
 $1,002.96. Male teachers received average salaries according to certificate as follows : 
 Academic, $1,587.60; first-claes, $1,454.28; second-elass, $1,175.70; third-class, $957. 
 Female teachers received average salaries according to qualifications of: Academic, 
 $1,075.92; first-cla&s, $936.60; second-class, $856.56; third-class, $827.52. 
 
 The ^buildings erected for school purposes are substantial and modern, and as 
 nearly as possible designed to meet the requirements of each individual section. They 
 are well heated and lighted and provided as far as possible in all cases with the most 
 complete sanitary arrangements. The furniture and equipment is of the best and the 
 children are supplied with free text books. The qualifications of the teaclars are of a 
 uniformly high standard. 
 
 The local control of the school and the engagement of teachers rests in the hands 
 of a board of trustees appointed by the ratepayers of the district. The administration 
 of the educational affairs of the province at large, however, rests with the Department 
 of Education, presided over by a Minister of the Cabinet. The standard of qualifica- 
 tions for teachers, the receiving and voting of money for educational purposes, the 
 opening and maintaining of schools, the authorization of text books, the laying out of 
 school curriculum, and the fixing of examinations are controlled by the department, 
 assisted by a staff of inspectors. Schools are visited by these inspectors at least once 
 or twice a year, sometimes oftener. The schools attended by the children of Central 
 British Columbia and the progress accomplished along educational lines are said to 
 compare favourably with those of any of the older settled parts or largest cities of 
 the Dominion. 
 
 The social advantag'es of Central British Columbia are on a par with those 
 of any parts of the country classed as " new," or " frontier." True, the settlement is 
 sparse and scattered and includes people of many nationalities. Yet it is singularly 
 peaceful and law-abiding. The prompt and determined action of Governor Douglas, in 
 despatching troops to prevent threatened lawlessness and violence during the early 
 mining days in the Cariboo, left a salutary effect that is not forgotten. The arm of 
 the law is long and British justice fair, but unfailing. There is no room in this 
 district for " outlaws," even though it is wild and lonely by nature. Deeds of violence 
 are not tolerated. Criminals of this class have found to their astonishment that the 
 world is small and the apparent impregnable hiding grounds of these regions are an 
 open book to the handful of unflinching police who patrol their dei>ths. The inability 
 of desperadoes to perpetrate a crime and " get away " with it in the interior of Canada's 
 lone lands is now well known and few are foolish enough to attempt it. The unlocked 
 doors and unguarded herds are seen on every hand. This feature is most marked 
 and pleasing.
 
 62 Central BrUish Columbia 
 
 The wholesome respect manifest throughout the length and breadth of this vast 
 land for the laws of the country is most encouraging. The new-comer has the 
 aesurance that his life and property are as safe from acts of violence perpetrated 
 through lawlessness as if he were in any more densely settled section. This applies 
 not only to the rural or isolated parts, but to the mining centres, lumbering camps 
 and towns. 
 
 There ie another praiseworthy feature in connection with the laws of these lands 
 that might be n:eutioned, and that is the straightforward attitude of the Federal and 
 Provincial Governments in their dealings with new-comers. Regulations by which 
 persons may acquire lands and timber, fishing and mining rights, hunting and trap- 
 ping privileges or generally become posseseed of or permitted to enjoy the resources, 
 the property of the state, are formulated and made public. Printed copies of these 
 regulations are always to be had upon application to Government agents. Persons 
 acquiring rights under the tei-ms of any such regulations will find that upon fulfilment 
 of the terms stipulated therein the government will complete their contract with 
 despatch and furnish the coveted documents of possession. Xo quibble or technicality 
 that might defeat the accomplishment of their efforts are permitted to be entertained. 
 As long as a bonda fide applicant has fulfilled the terms laid down he gets his reward 
 without question. 
 
 The transportation facilities of all but the more remote parts permit of travel to 
 and fro under modern conditions. Mail, express and freight are also carried with 
 despatch. Telegraph lines are found cross-cutting the interior and giving service at 
 nearly every small center. A number of wireless stations are located along the coast. 
 
 Newspapers are published in several of the larger towns. Libraries and reading 
 rooms are found in the cities and in several towns, while the Provincial Government 
 has a system of libraries by which the rural districts are furnished free with good 
 literature. 
 
 Churches and hospitals are found in nearly all urban centres, the smaller towns 
 all have some accommodation for the holding of religious meetings, and nearly all 
 have cottage hospitals. Clubs, societies, and patriotic and athletic associations are 
 widely found. Agricultural societies hold annual fairs in s:everal localities. 
 
 The ever-increasing tourist and holiday traffic keeps up a continued activity. 
 The opening up and development of various agricultural districts, lumbering areas 
 and new mines, and the springing up of new towns, creates and fosters a keen and 
 ]\v,-]v uit.-r.-T -T, :r,.- ,r.f>ial welfare of the entire central belt. 
 
 THE FORT GEORGE DISTRICT 
 
 The Fort George Land Recording Division embraces a vast area lying on the 
 western slope of the main Rocky Mountain range. Its eastern boundary is the summit 
 of this range, on whir-h are found such distinctive landmarks as Yellowhead pass. 
 Pine pass and Mt. Selwyn. Westerly it includes the valley of the Fraser to its 
 eonfluence with the Nwhako at Prince George and the lower part of the Nechako 
 valley to a point aU'ut midway between Prince George and Fraser lake. It extends 
 northerly and westerly to include the territory drained by the Parsnip, Finlay and 
 Omineca rivers. To the south lies the famou? Cariboo district. The upper part of
 
 The Fort Georye District 63 
 
 Canoe river basin is included in the Fort George division but the main Columbia 
 valley, into which it drains, is excluded. The Tliompson-Fraser divide also forms part 
 of the southern boundary. The main Fraser valley below the confluence of the 
 Xechako is included as far a^ Fort George canyon. 
 
 From west to east the principal sections of the southerly part of this division are: 
 the lower Nechako and Chilako valleys, the Prince Goorg'e-IIansard lake district, the 
 Salmon riTor country, the South Fort George district, the South Fork of the Fraser 
 river and the Canoe river valley. 
 
 The city of Prince George, the Grand Trunk Pacific divisional point, located on 
 the flats immediately south and west of the confluence of the Fraser and Nechako 
 rivers, is the principal business and administrative centre of Central British Colum- 
 bia. About a mile and a half to the south, on the right limit of the main Fraser 
 river, is located the town of South Fort George, and it is here that the Government 
 Land Eecording Office for the Fort George division is located. On a high, level, 
 gravelly bench on the right limit of the Nechako river and just west of Prince George 
 is the townsite of Fort George. There has been much rivalry and some litigation as to 
 which of these locations should become the main centre, but the business houses 
 have settled down to make Prince George the choice, with a possibility of residence 
 -ections spreading out to the other locations as the city grows. The location of the 
 Pacific Great Eastern railway also passes through this city, and it promises to 
 become an important shipping and distributing point. 
 
 Prince George was incorporated as a city in 1915. Its electric light and water 
 systems are municipally owned. Several miles of streets have been graded and 
 sidewalks built. The educational facilities are excellent, consisting of public and 
 high schools of high standard. There are also three churches with resident ministers. 
 Two of the leading chartered banks of Canada have established branches and all 
 mercantile lines are well represented. The hotel accommodation is particularly good 
 for a new country. 
 
 Prince George has a very central and strategic location with respect to the new 
 areas of this part of Canada now about to be exploited. The Grand Trunk Pacific 
 railway gives it a western outlet to Prince Kupert and an eastern one to Edmonton. 
 It is hoped that the Pacific Great Eastern and Edmonton, Dunvegan and British 
 Columbia railways will eventually be completed and give it direct connection to the 
 south with Vancouver and to the north with the town of Peace River. Prince George 
 occupies a hub position with these four important centres radiating to the cardinal 
 points of the compass at almost equal distances of from 400 to 500 miles each. Its 
 waterways also afford alternative routes over correspondingly large areas. One of the 
 most used of these waterways is that travelled by the trappers and prospectors of 
 Finlay. It leads from the city north over Giscome portage to Summit lake and thence 
 by way of Fort McLeod and the Parsnip river to Finlay and Peace rivers. 
 
 The lower part of the Nechako and Chilako valleys forms part of the great interior 
 plateau of rich agricultural lands lying along the Grand Trunk Pacific railway. They 
 extend in a wide ibelt from Fraser lake to Prince George, the greater area lying north 
 of the Nechako river. Most of this district has been surveyed and a fair part of it 
 already taken up. There are many pre-emptions open, also considerable land for sale. 
 The country generally is level to rolling, well watered with numerous small lakes and 
 creeks, well drained, open or lightly wooded and v^iila a large percentage of its soil very 
 rich.
 
 64 
 
 Central British Columbia 
 
 Wagon roads on the south side of the river run from Prince George to Vanderhoof 
 and from Prince George for a few miles up the Chilako valley. On the north 
 side of the river there is a road from Prince George to Chief lake, crossing the 
 Xechako on a substantial bridge opposite old Fort George. Chief, ISTukko and Swamp 
 lakes lie about 15 miles to the northwest of Prince George and in this vicinity there 
 is a good settlement with a school and a post otfice. The stations on the railway from 
 Prince George west are Otway, Miworth, Chilako, Bednesti, ISTichol, Isle Pierre, 
 Hutchison, Wedgewood and Stuart, the latter just west of the mouth of Stuart river. 
 3fcMillan creek enters the Nechako on its north limit opposite the west end of Prince 
 George. The route of the Pacific Great Eastern railway follows up its valley, also the 
 Prince George-Summit lake wagon road. There are no meadow lands in this section. 
 The lower valley is heavily wooded but the upper part has been burned off and much 
 is now under cultivation. 
 
 Xortheast of Prince George, and north and east of Shelley station as far as 
 Willow River, there is considerable bench land from 300 to 500 feet above the Fraser 
 river and on its left limit. The Grand Trunk Pacific railway follows the river in this 
 section, and there is also a wagon road which runs east from Prince George to 6-Mile 
 lake, thence northeasterly to Tsadestsa creek and north to Willow River. In these 
 sections there is considerable good land open for settlement. East of Prince George, 
 however, the woods become heavier and the cost of clearing land increases. Willow 
 River has a school, post office and stores. A few miles south is an outcrop of rock 
 where several mining claims have been staked. 
 
 East of Willow River the railway follows a lake depression for some 25 miles 
 up the centre of the valley till it meets the river again at Hansard where it crosses 
 to its north shore. In this depression are Eaglet, Aleza, Hansard and other small 
 lakes. The valley here is wide, the Fraser river following the northerly bank till it 
 sweeps southerly in a big curve to Willow River. A short distance below Hansard 
 the McGregor or North Fork of the Fraser joins, while from a point in the bend a 
 few miles north of Willow River a wagon road some 7 or 8 miles in length leads over 
 Giscome portage to Summit lake. Bear river enters the Fraser from the south nearly 
 opposite McGregor. The Fraser river for some distance east and west of Hansard 
 lake is an alluvial flood plain, with deposits of alluvium hundreds of feet in depth 
 extending over a width of several miles. 
 
 There is considerable surveyed land available for settlement between Prince 
 George and Hansard lake. The surface consists mainly of willow swamps, open 
 meadows and lightly timbered swamps with belts of willows, poplars and cottonwoods 
 bordering on the river. The soil is uniformly good. Some areas are wet and will 
 require drainage, while others have heavier woods requiring expensive clearing. 
 There are several sawmills in this section, located at Prince George, Willow River, 
 Giscome, on the west end of Eaglet lake, Newlands, Aleza lake and Hansard lake. 
 
 South of Prince George the land on both sides of the river has been surveyed as 
 far as Fort George canyon, the southerly limit of the Fort George division. The 
 Pa''ific Great Eastern railway grade follows the east bank of the river. On the west 
 side a wagon road leads south to Blackwater, on Blackwater river, by way of 
 Nad-silnich lake, which lies between the Fraser and Chilako rivers. As a rule this is a 
 rolling country, having low-lying hills usually running in a north and south direction, 
 wit^i Irvfl benches on depressions between. The soil on these is uniformly good while
 
 llie Fort George District 65 
 
 on the ridges it varies from good to sandy and gravelly. Much of this district has 
 been heavily wooded, though fires have burnt over large areas. Light woods cover 
 almost the entire area. Clearing will cost $15 to $75 per acre in these light woods 
 and up to $150 per acre in the heavily wooded areas. Conditions indicate that when 
 cleared it will make a good mixed farming section. 
 
 The Salmon river rises in the district northeast of Fort St. James and runs in 
 a southeasterly direction to join the Fraser at a point nearly opposite Willow River. 
 It drains a large, rolling tract of fairly good bench lands, averaging from 100 to 150 
 feet above its valley proper. Much of this area has been burned over and is now 
 quite open. The soil is a rich, brown clay loam in the lower valley, sandy nearer the 
 head of the river, gravelly on many of the ridges and in some sections rather badly 
 burned by forest fires. One of its principal tributaries is Wright creek. The route 
 of the Pacific Great Eastern follows the Salmon for some distance above the mouth 
 of the Wright and the Prince George-Summit lake road crosses it immediately below. 
 The valley bottoms are fairly heavily wooded and the benches, where not burnt over, 
 more lightly. 
 
 The South Fork of the Fraser river rises in the Yellowhead pass in the Rocky 
 mountains and flows in a general northwesterly direction to the junction of the North 
 Fork or McGregor river a few miles below Hansard. The river's course is very 
 winding, making its length nearly double that of the valley itself, which is fairly 
 straight, narrow and bordered by high hills and mountains. The Grand Trunk Pacific 
 railway follows the centre of the valley throughout, while the Canadian National 
 railway traverses it from the Yellowhead pass as far down as Tete Jaune, and then 
 swings southerly in the McLennan river valley. The Grand Trunk Pacific railway 
 mileage from the Pass to Hansard is 191 miles and to Prince George 237 miles. Its 
 elevation at Yellowhead pass is 3,716 feet above sea-level, at Tete Jaune 2,402 feet, 
 at Hansard 2,005 feet and at Prince George 1,867 feet. In the 191 miles above 
 Hansard the river's fall is thus 1,711 feet. The Grand canyon of the South Fork is 
 found about two stations above Hansard. 
 
 This part of Central British Columbia gradually merges from the great interior 
 plateau into the Rocky mountain district. It is a very rich lumbering district, the 
 valley, benches and lower hillsides being heavily wooded, chiefly with spruce. While 
 not so large as the coast species, these trees make excellent lumber, which finds a ready 
 market in the Prairie Provinces to the east. Minerals and water-power resources are 
 also extensive. 
 
 When cleared the flats and bench lands as far up as Tete Jaune will make 
 excellent farms, the soil being very rich and the climate favourable. Vegetation in 
 this valley is very luxuriant. The heavy snowfall and lack of range will not permit 
 of extensive grazing but intensive farming should prove successful. 
 
 The principal points in this valley are McBride and Tete Jaune. Between 
 Hansard lake and McBride there is much good timber, and also farming land that 
 will be very valuable when cleared. McBride is a railroad town and a divisional point 
 on the Grand Trunk Pacific. It has a school, church, post office and substantial array 
 of business houses, hotels and residences. The valley here is about four or five miles 
 wide and lightly wooded. The soil is good, though some of it is swampy and will 
 
 39736—5
 
 56 Central British Columbia 
 
 require draining. A considerable settlement has taken place here and farming 
 operations are proving very successful. Excellent results are obtained in the growing 
 of small fruits and garden supplies. 
 
 Tete Jaune is located at the junction of the McLennan river with the South 
 fork of the Fraser. The merging of these valleys here gives a wide plain, open 
 or lightly wooded and somewhat sandy and stony. This point was the upstream limit 
 for light draught steamers which plied on the Fraser before the completion of the 
 Grand Trunk Pacific railway. It is less than 50 miles west of the summit of the 
 Rockies and may be considered the gateway of these regions. The Canadian National 
 railway here swings to the southwest, follows up the right limit of McLennan river 
 to Cranberry lake on a low summit, thence crosses the head of Canoe river and follows 
 the Thompson river. Mount Robson park, an area of approximately 409,000 acres, 
 set aside by the British Columbia Government, extends from a few miles above Tete 
 Jaune to the summit of the Rockies and the Alberta boundary. In this area are 
 found lake and mountains of unparalleled beauty and magniture, including the highest 
 of all Canadian peaks. Mount Robson, with an elevation of 13,068 feet. 
 
 The upper part of Canoe river valley is included in the Fort George division. 
 This river is a tributary of the Columbia and joins it at Boat Encampment, the point 
 where the Columbia reaches its farthest north and makes its remarkable right-about 
 turn. There are some good bottom lands open for pre-emption in this valley. A few 
 settlers are located here and have successfully grown crops for several years. About 
 Cranberry lake there are some good bench lands which can be fairly easily cleared. 
 The elevation here is 2,590 feet and summer frosts sometimes occur. 
 
 In the Canoe valley are found the Canoe river hotsprings, situated alongside a 
 small lake lying at the foot of the mountains and surrounded by large cedar trees. 
 The merits of these springs have not yet been determined, but it is believed they could 
 be exploited to considerable advantage. 
 
 North of the Fraeer-Parenip divide and west of the Rocky mountains there has 
 as yet been no serious attempt made to farm or ranch on account of the lack of trans- 
 portation facilities. However, anticipating such advantages, trappers, miners and 
 others have proved up on a considerable area at Finlay. Here the Finlay and Parsnip 
 rivers, the one flowing southeasterly, the other northwesterly, meet almost head on, 
 and, uniting to form the Peace, turn easterly and follow the gorge through the 
 Rockies. At the point of their confluence there occur flats and bench lands of excellent 
 soil, though fairly heavily wooded. Small crops have been raised here for many 
 years, and vc-getables, hay and grain have been found to grow very successfully. 
 
 While it is generally supposed that the upper waters of the Peace are derived from 
 purely mountain streams, it must be borne in mind that the principal affluents, the 
 Finlay and the Parsnip, are themselves large rivers, draining a vast territory in the 
 nature of a trench or basin about 300 miles in length and averaging nearly 75 miles in 
 width. Included in this area are many thousand acres of exceedingly fertile lands, 
 found on various flats and benches along these rivers and their numerous tributaries, 
 in big bends of rivers and creeks, and around the shores of countless lakes The soil, 
 as a rule, is river silt, vegetable mould, or sandy clay loam. Many of these tracts are 
 heavily wooded, but others are more open and natural meadows are sometimes found. 
 From th'-'-- ''■'■■■*'"■'■. ♦i.-*-o tracts prove valuable lands, being usually sheltered by
 
 Power house and workmen's coa;;ges, Granby Consolidated Mining and .SnieUing 
 Company, Anyox, British Columbia. 
 
 The historic town of Barkerville as it now appears. 
 
 39736^5^
 
 68 Central British Columbia 
 
 overhanging banke or adjacent mountains, well watered and with an abundance of 
 wood at hand. When local markets are created, by the development of mineral and 
 otlier adjacent assets, these lands will prove most valuable locations for the production 
 of garden, poultry and dairy supplies, hay, grain and meat, and for limited sheep 
 and cattle ranching. 
 
 The principal tributaries of the Finlay river are the Manson, Omineca and 
 Ingenika rivers, all entering from the west. The territory comprises the famous 
 Omineca mining district, in which a limited amount of placer mining for gold is still 
 being carried on. The principal trading post is Fort Grahame, on the Finlay, a few 
 miles below the mouth of the Ingenika. Gasolene boats reach this post without 
 difficulty from Finlay (Forks). Other posts are Germansen and New Hogem, on the 
 Omineca. In the early mining days a pack route was made from Hazelton to these 
 points, and goods are still brought in over this trail to a limited extent. 
 
 Tributaries of the Parsnip include the Nation river, which might be included as 
 part of the Omineca mining district, and the Pack river, draining McLeod lake. Both 
 of these enter from the west. From the east are the Mischinsinlia and the Misinchinca, 
 both heading in Pine pass. From Summit lake the Crooked river leads into iMcLeod 
 lake. The usual canoe route from Prince George to Finlay and Hudson Hope is by 
 way of Summit lake. Crooked river, McLeod lake and Pack and Parsnip rivers. 
 Steamboat navigation would be feasible on the Parsnip as far up as the mouth of the 
 Pack, and a light draught boat might even reach McLeod lake at high stages of water. 
 The principal centre of this district is the old Hudson's Bay post at Fort McLeod, 
 on McLeod lake. 
 
 About this post excellent gardens are to be found, but trapping is the principal 
 occupation of the Parsnip valley. Fur-bearing animals are plentiful, and the high price 
 of furs has resulted in an influx of trappers that are already overlapping each other's 
 lines. Trapping, prospecting and mining are the only real activities of the upper 
 Peace Eiver district as yet, with a number of pre-emptors proving up lands in hopes 
 of being able to farm or sell to advantage when the district is opened up. 
 
 Various estimates put the amount of suitable agricultural land in the iFinlay- 
 Parsnip valley as high as a million acres, and the soil, climate and other conditions 
 necessary to successful farming are believed to be such that mixed farming and 
 dairying particularly will prove highly remunerative when settlement becomes more 
 general. 
 
 THE PEACE RIVER DISTRICT 
 
 The Peace River Land Recording Division of British Columbia includes that 
 part of the Peace River drainage basin lying east of the main Rocky Mountain range 
 and within thia province. Its southern and western boundary is the summit of tlie 
 range. The northern boundary is the height-of-land between the Liard and Peace 
 rivers while its eastern limit is the Alberta-British Columbia boundary line, here 
 being the 120th degree of west longitude. In this area is included the Dominion 
 Government Peace River block of three and one-half million acres. It is nearly 75 
 miles square, and adjoins the provincial boundary, with the Peace river cutting it 
 into two almost equal parts. Fort St. John is located near the centre of the block 
 and Iludfon Hope just within its westerly limit.
 
 Peace River District 69 
 
 Within this block are found most of the level and open lands of Central British 
 Columbia. Since they are controlled by the Dominion Government their disposal 
 is in accordance with the Federal regulations. That part of the block lying south 
 of the river falls within the Grande Prairie Land district, the local agency of which 
 is located at the town of Grande Prairie, Alberta, with a sub-office at Pouce Coupe, 
 B.C. The lands north of the river are included in the Peace River Land district. 
 The local agency for this district is at the town of Peace River, Alberta, but there 
 is a sub-office at Fort St. John, B.C. 
 
 North of the river there is considerable good surveyed land open for settlement 
 iinder the Federal homestead regulations and on both sides of the river there are large 
 areas of unsurveyed land suitable for grazing purposes. 
 
 The Fort St. John district, north of the river, is admirably suited to mixed farming 
 and small ranching, though the distance from markets makes the latter the more 
 suitable pursuit at present. The post itself is located on the river flats, and there is 
 a limited amount of excellent land on various flats in bends of the river. The extensive 
 areas, however, lie on a vast plateau about 800 feet above the level of the river «nct 
 with an average elevation above sea level of about 2,400 feet. The land is nearly 
 level, except where cut by deep ravines leading to the valley of the Peace, and is of a 
 park-like nature, being open or slightly wooded. 
 
 The soil is a deep black loam and vegetation is very luxuriant. Peavine and wild 
 grasses grow in great profusion. Vegetables and grains do exceedingly well and are 
 seldom, if ever, injured by summer frosts. Tomatoes have been ripened on the vines 
 and nothing but the lack of better transportation facilities seems to stand in the way 
 of this section becoming as prosperous a farming region as any other part of the 
 prairies. 
 
 The snowfall is light and the effects of the Chinook winds are frequently felt, so 
 that cattle can often graze out during parts of the winter. It is advisable, however, 
 that a stock-owner here should put up about three tons of hay per head of stock for 
 winter feeding in case severe weather should be encountered. 
 
 Excellent grazing lands are found around Charlie lake, with an abundance of 
 natural meadows and plenty of water. Good areas are also to be found along the 
 North Pine river though the country is more broken by deep ravines, many of which 
 are fairly heavily wooded. 
 
 During the summer months a regular steamboat service is maintained on the 
 river, connecting at the town of Peace River with rail for E'dmonton. A wagon road 
 from Dunvegan to Hudson Hope leads through this district and it is also connected 
 by trail with Pouce Coupe. The Dominion Government telegraph line from Edmonton 
 to Hudson Hope passes through the post and affords a constant service to the outside 
 world. General stores are operated at Fort St. John by the Hudson's Bay Company 
 and Revillon Freres, and at a few points along the river front by individual parties. 
 Settlers are beginning to locate in increasing numbers and cattlemen are bringing in 
 stock very rapidly. The district promises to advance with a rush. 
 
 The Pouce Coupe district on the south side of the river, comprises several town- 
 ships of gently rolling prairie and a number with scattered bluffs and light woods. 
 The best area is included in a block of about 25 by 40 miles. This is practically all 
 taken up. There are still a few good locations for farming and much excellent grazing 
 land along the Pine and other rivers nearer the foothills.
 
 70 Central British Columbia 
 
 Like the Fort St. Jolm district, it lies on an elevated plateau and the soil and 
 climatic conditions are equally favourable. The principal centres of settlement are 
 Pouce Coupe and Rolla. About these villages are to be seen some excellent farms, 
 and no better crops of wheat, oats, barley or rye could be found in any part of Western 
 Canada during the seaaon of 1921 than in this section. For mixed farming it cannot 
 be surpassed. 
 
 The Edmonton, Dunvegan and British Columbia railway, which now operates 
 trains as far as Peace River, Spirit River and Grande Prairie, is graded from Spirit 
 River into Pouce Coupe village. It is hoped that the laying of steel on this 55-mile 
 section will eventually be undertaken and also that the railway will be extended 
 westerly. At present there are roads leading into the district from Spirit River, 
 from Grande Prairie by way of Beaverlodge, and from a steamboat landing on Peace 
 river about 30 miles due north of Pouce Coupe village. This village is also a station 
 on the Government telegraph line. 
 
 Pouce Coupe and Rolla have business houses, banks and schools. With the 
 extension of steel to give adequate transportation facilities, this district will have a 
 very promising future. Boring for oil is being vigorously prosecuted in this vicinity. 
 
 Hudson Hope is the gateway from the great plains to the motintain regions, being 
 at the foot of Rocky Mountain canyon. From this point the river is navigated without 
 interruption as far north as Vermilion chutes, a distance of some 525 miles. 
 
 On the flats adjoining the river are to be found some excellent lands, now nearly 
 all taken up. On the higher plateaus, on either side, there is much good land suitable 
 for grazing, and a considerable area that would make excellent farming land wi:th a 
 little clearing. Grain and vegetables have been grown with success for years. To the 
 north and east there is good grazing land along the Halfway river. Large herds of 
 cattle have recently been taken in there. Eighteen miles south of Hudson Hope ie 
 Moberly lake, about which lies some excellent land, very rich and open or lightly 
 wooded. Some of the choicest locations here are under reservation for Indians. Along 
 Moberly river good grazing lands are found in patches, but some of the land is 
 thickly wooded. 
 
 The canyon is passed by a 14-mile wagon road leading from Hudson Hope to the 
 upper end of the rapids. Along this road there is some good land, with one fine stream 
 and several meadows, but some sand ridges also occur. The country is gently rolling 
 and only lightly wooded. 
 
 Hudson Hope has a regular steamboat service during the summer months aiid 
 is the terminus of the Government Peace River telegraph line. It is connected by wagon 
 road with Fort St. John. By river it is some 229 miles above the town of Peace River. 
 Above the canyon there is good navigation to the head of the Peace at Finlay. A 
 transport service, as required, is maintained on the portage by settlers located at 
 Hudson Hop< 
 
 The Peace Jiivcr rMiiio would afford a railway an excellent pass through the 
 Rocky mountains, though the Pine pass, a few miles further south, has received more 
 publicity. With the development of this part of the country it is not unlikely that 
 both routes might be utilized. The canyon affords a site for extensive water-power 
 development, and in this vicinity large areas of high grade coal are known to exist. 
 Hudson Hope thus occupies a very strategic position, and some day may become
 
 The Cariboo District 71 
 
 an important centre, when the varied resources of the surrounding district are more 
 fully developed and through transportation is established. 
 
 The agricultural lands east of the Rockies and not included in the Peace River 
 block are not extensive. Below Mount Selwyn the valley of the Peace is very narrow, 
 the mountains rising practically from the water's edge on both sides, as far down as 
 the mouth of Ottertail creek. Here is found a small V-shaped flat, where the gorge- 
 like valley of the creek merges into the river's valley, and for the remainder of the 
 distance to the head of the canyon such flats are found, in varying extent, at the 
 mouths of all tributary streams. 
 
 Below Carbon creek the valley of the Peace becomes wider and several large fertile 
 flats occur at bends of the river. A number of lots, chiefly coal claims, have been 
 surveyed on both sides of the canyon, while scattered pre-emptions have been taken up 
 along those portions lying outside the block of the Halfway, Lynx, Moberly and Pine 
 rivers. South of Pouce Coupe a number of townships have been surveyed adjoining 
 the south boundary of the block and the Alberta-British Columbia boundary. Here a 
 considerable settlement has taken place, particularly around Swan lake. This is an 
 excellent cattle district, and much good agricultural land could be easily cleared. The 
 trail and telegraph line from Grande Prairie to Pouce Coupe pass through this 
 section. 
 
 At present, owing to natural barriers, this part of British Columbia is to a 
 certain extent cut oif from the remainder of the province and is more closely connected 
 in its development with the Peace River districts of the adjoining province of Alberta. 
 This condition will be overcome to a great extent when a railway is constructed to 
 give direct connection to Central British Columbia and the Pacific coast. To keep 
 closely in touch with this part of its domain the Provincial Government recently 
 established a Land Recording office for the Peace River district at Pouce Coupe. 
 
 THE CARIBOO DISTRICT 
 
 The Cariboo Land Recording Division embraces those historical gold-fields which 
 were the scenes of wild excitement in the middle of the nineteenth century. The 
 stampede of miners to these fields heralded the first extensive invasion by the white 
 man of the mainland of British Columbia. Started by discoveries of gold on the 
 Lower Fraser and Thompson rivers in 1856 by a few isolated prospectors and trappers, 
 the tide of frenzied gold-seekers swept northerly and up the Fraser river till they 
 reached their goal in the Cariboo mountains. Here the magic towns of Richfield and 
 Barkerville sprang up, and for many years the Cariboo district constituted the metro- 
 polis of the whole mainland colony. The 52nd parallel of north latitude is the southern 
 boundary of this land division, and the 124th degree of west longitude its western 
 boundary. Easterly it extends to the Xorth Thompson divide and northerly, generally 
 speaking, to the summit overlooking the valley of the South Fork of the Fraser river 
 and to Fort George canyon on the main Fraser. 
 
 Midway through this district, from north to south, flows the Fraser river. The 
 grade of the Pacific Great Eastern railway follows it fairly closely throughout. The 
 river is navigable from Prince George to within about 25 miles of the south boundary 
 of the Cariboo division. The points of call for steamers on this route are: South
 
 72 Central British Columbia 
 
 Fort George, Fort George canyon, Mile 20, Woodpecker island. White's landing, Black- 
 water, Cottonwood canyon, Queenel, Kereley, Australian ranch, Windfs, Castle Eock 
 ferry, Twan's, Steamboat landing, Macalister and Soda Creek, the southern terminus 
 of navigation. Below Soda Creek the Fraser is very tortuous until it is joined at 
 Lytton by its great tributary the Thompson. 
 
 Quesnel is the business centre and principal settlement of this district. It lies 
 on a bench on the east side of th^ Fraser and at the mouth of Quesnel river. The 
 site is exceptionally favourable and the town very picturesque. It was established in 
 1808 and named after Jules Maurice Quesnel, a member of Simon Fraser's exploratory 
 party who descended the Fraser river that year. In the gold boom days it became an 
 important distributing centre for the Barkerville and other districts and attained 
 a popiilation of about 10,000. This has dwindled to about 800. The town occupies 
 a geographical location about midway between the warm dry belts of the south and 
 the colder plateaus to the north, and participates in the advantages of both. There is 
 much good agricultural land in its vicinity, especially suited to dairy-farming, and 
 the prosperous days of the mining regime may soon be restored by its development. 
 
 The main avenue of overland travel in the Cariboo district is the famous " Cariboo 
 road," built by the Eoyal Engineers and miners under the instructions of Governor 
 Douglas in the early sixties From Ashcroft, on the main line of the Canadian Pacific 
 and Canadian Northern railways in the valley of the Thompson river, this famouJ^ 
 road rune north through the Bonaparte valley to Clinton, the centre of the Lillooet 
 district and an important point on the Pacific Great Eastern railway. This part of 
 the road is most prolific in rugged scenery. Above Clinton it climbs by a long, steep 
 winding grade to the high plateau lands of the interior. North of Lac la Hache, the 
 east shore of which it follows, it reaches the Cariboo division, 150-Mile House being 
 the first important point within this division. Above this point the road soon take^ 
 a turn to the west and meets the Fraser river at Soda Creek, following its east bank 
 north to Quesnel. The distance from Ashcroft to Quesnel by this road is 220 miles. 
 Few such pioneer highways are to be found anywhere in the world. Though it runs 
 through a sparsely settled and rugged country it is in splendid condition and offers 
 a most serviceable and scenic route to the interior. Eoad houses are established all 
 along the way for the convenience of the traveller though the present day method of 
 travel is by motor-car. Stage cars, carrying passengers, mail and express make regular 
 trips from Ashcroft to Quesnel or return often in a single day of ten or twelve hours. 
 
 This road is continued easterly from Quesnel to Barkerville, an additional 65 
 miles. Other roads lead out from Quesnel to Prince George, Fort Fraser, Quesnel 
 Forks and Hydraulic, Chilcotin and White's landing. The grade of the Pacific Great 
 Eastern railway passes close to Quesnel and it will doubtless be an important railway 
 point. Steel has recently reached this point. Consequent alterations in systems of 
 trafiic and transportation are being adjusted. A through train service to the ooa&l 
 is now available. 
 
 Barkerville is located on Williams creek, in the Cariboo mountains. This little 
 creek in its day has produced about forty-five million dollars in gold. At one time 
 the population of the Cariboo was estimated to be 35,000, centering around Barkerville 
 and Richfield. It has now dwindled away till Richfield is deserted and only a handful 
 of miners are to be found at Barkerville. A little placer mining is still being carried
 
 The Cariboo District 73 
 
 on and it is hoped the introduction of machinery will revive the industry, also that 
 many quartz veins, known to he rich, will shortly be exploited. The completion of the 
 Pacific Great Eastern railway will do much to revive mining in this section. The 
 district is out of the agricultural limits, Barkerville having an elevation of over 4,000 
 feet above sea-level. Lightning and Antler creeks, in this region, have also become 
 famous through their yields of gold. On Lightning creek are found centres at Wing- 
 dam, Beaver Pass and Stanley or Van Winkle post office. 
 
 Quesnel Forks and Hydraulic are also old mining centres in the Quesnel river 
 district. They are reached by a wagon road from Quesnel. Beaver creek joins the 
 Quesnel river at Beavermouth and in its valley are found some excellent agricultural 
 lands. About midway up the valley is Beaver Lake post office and settlement. Thi~ 
 point is also reached by wagon roads from Alexandria, Soda Creek and 150-Mile 
 House, easterly via Quesnel and Cariboo lakes. Quesnel is a long, narrow lake, 
 branching into two arms towards the east. Great numbers of placer claims are 
 located about it in anticipation of hydraulic operations. Keithley 'Creek post office 
 is located on Cariboo lake. Quesnel lake is also an extensive spawning bed for 
 Fraser river sockeye salmon. 
 
 From the standpoint of possible agricultural development the Cariboo district 
 might be considered under three divisions, namely, the Fraser valley and adjoining 
 bench lands, the Chilcotin country to the west, and the Williams and Horsefly districts 
 to the southeast. In these districts are found a wide range of climate, altitude and 
 soil. On these factors will depend to a large extent the nature of agricultural activity 
 best suited to the various localities. Ranching, dairy-farming and fruit-growing all 
 have a place. Some sections have plenty of precipitation, while others require irri- 
 gating to get best results. Roughly speaking, the limit of the southern interior dry 
 belt might be said to he reached at Soda Creek. Below this point the Fraser valley, 
 as a rule, requires irrigation, while to the north it is not absolutely necessary though 
 pMDSsibly a paying proposition. 
 
 The people who first came to the Cariboo district did so for the purpose of mining 
 gold, not looking for farm lands or agricultural opportunities. Any other occupation 
 than mining or such work as w^as directly and necessarily connected with it was not 
 seriously considered. Hence the farming possibilities of the district were lightly 
 overlooked. 'Such agricultural operations as were carried on by a few men in scattered 
 localities were done so only in some form of connection with the main industry, 
 mining, and not with a view to the permanency of the calling. Earlier farming 
 efforts were in the same category as roadhouse keeping and freighting; in fact, from 
 the old road houses, established at choice localities all along the roads, have evolved the 
 best farmsteads of the district. 
 
 In the boom days as many as forty or fifty freight teams were constantly going 
 up and down the Cariboo road. As each team consisted of four, six or even eight 
 horses the business created by their presence can be easily imagined. A great demand 
 arose for accommodation at frequent intervals along these routes for the many 
 freighters, miners and travellers that thronged the way. With a view to securing this 
 business, men selected choice locations along the road, erected commodious road houses 
 and stables, cleared and planted vegetable gardens and oat fields and opened up large 
 meadows for the production of supplies for their trade. Oats sold for from 2 to 4 
 and even as high as 6 cents a pound. Hay brought an equally profitable price, reaching
 
 74 Central British Columbia 
 
 as high as $120 per ton during the construction of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway. 
 This has been the extent and style of farming indulged in heretofore. Indeed it 
 could not well expand beyond euch scope. The working of the mines and the building 
 of the railway created a local market for a limited amount of supplies and beyond 
 this there could be no expansion without favourable means of transportation to more 
 extensive markets. 
 
 The old markets have practically failed, and the district has been experiencing a 
 period of near-etagnation pending the establishment of new ones. Radical changes in 
 the whole method of conducting both mining and farming operations are about to be 
 experienced. The completion of the Pacific Great Eastern railway should save the 
 situation. It will give a direct route to Vancouver and, by way of Prince George, to 
 Prince Rupert and Edmonton. It would also appear that the sho^rt gap between 
 Cinton and Ashcroft could be connected by steel to good advantage, thus giving more 
 direct connection to the east and south. Instead of having the consumer come to the 
 old road house on the ranch for his supplies, the ranch must now be prepared to 
 revolutionize the whole system by shipping its supplies to the consumer. 
 
 The river bottoms and bench lands of the Eraser are admirably suited to dairy- 
 farming. The climate is mild. Hay and clover grow most abundantly and the more 
 broken areas on hillsides afford excellent grazing. Fruit-growing south of Soda 
 Creek should prove profitable if the land were irrigated, while north of this point small 
 fruits and potatoes do exceedingly well. Apples can be grown, though as a com- 
 mercial undertaking alone would hardly be advisable. Strawberries grow to perfection. 
 
 North of Quesnel there is considerable good land on both sides of the river as 
 far as Cottonwood canyon and the mouth of Cottonwood river. A wagon road and the 
 railway grade follow the east side, running past 10-Mile lake, about which there is 
 good land already surveyed. From Cottonwood canyon to Fort George canyon there is 
 a narrow strip of good surveyed land. Blackwater, White's landing. Woodpecker 
 island and Mile-20 are points of steamboat call in this section. West of the river there 
 is some settlement about Boucher or 6-Mile lake on the Fort George road. Another 
 road branches off here and leads into the ISTazko valley, a tributary of Blackwater 
 river. A trail extends from the end of this road southerly to the Chilcotin district. 
 
 The Blackwater valley is deep and narrow near its lower end and fairly heavily 
 wooded. The bottom lands are very fertile and there are extensive plateaus of good 
 land farther up on the Euchiniko river, its tributary. A tract of 50,000 acres has been 
 surveyed for pre-emption here. 
 
 Southeast of Quesnel is Dragon lake, about which lies some good land, lightly 
 wooded, that could be cleared at a cost of approximately $60 per acre. Along the 
 Cariboo road, from Quesnel to Soda Creek, are found many old-time ranches. One of 
 the choicest of these is the " Australian Ranch," on Australian creek. It consists of 
 some 1,200 acres, of which 300 are cleared and irrigated. Another 300 might be 
 added, the balance being hilly and broken but comprising good pasture land. Kersley, 
 Alexandria and Macalister post offices lie along this section. A number of creeks 
 enter the Fraser on the west side opposite this section, of which the principal are 
 Baker, Dc*erters, Xarcosli and Mackin. They have sufficient flow to irrigate con- 
 siderable land, of wliich several small areas are found in these valleys. 
 
 While the choicest lands are usually found in the bottom of the valley, there are 
 large areas of good bench lands. Of those surveyed it has been estimated that about
 
 A real farm in Central British Columbia. 
 
 A picturesque homestead at Frangois lake, British Culumbia.
 
 76 Central British Columbia 
 
 one-third, on an average, is suitable for cultivation, that ie, the average 160-acre lot. 
 will give about 50 acres of good tillable land, ^vhile the balance will be mostly avail- 
 able for pasture and what is left will produce wood. These benches are well watered, 
 but subject to summer frost. Hay and oats do exceedingly well, so that such farms 
 are good for dairying and email ranches. Cattle will require feeding for three to 
 four and one-half months here during the winter. Vegetables and small fruits do 
 well, but wheat, apples and similar cereals and fruits only fair to uncertain. 
 
 Taking the Quesnel district as a whole it appears to be most particularly suited 
 to dairy farming. The climate is very agreeable and dairy cattle thrive exceptionally 
 well. The summer pasture is plentiful and nutritive, water pure and plentiful, and 
 the choicest hay, clover and oats can be grown in abundance for winter fodder. 
 
 In the southeasterly part of this division there is a large district that promises 
 to prove exceedingly valuable for stock raising. It extends from Williams lake on 
 the Cariboo road easterly to Horsefly lake, which lies a few miles south of Quesnel 
 lake, Williams river flows northwesterly from Lac la Hache, through Williams lake, 
 and enters the Fraser a few miles below Soda Creek. The Cariboo road and railway 
 grade follow it closely. Williams Lake post office and 150-Mile House are in the 
 centre of this section. A number of roads run northeasterly to the Horsefly district 
 in whioh the principal settlement is centered about Harper's Camp. The range in 
 the Horsefly district is said to be very 'good but it is considered too elevated and frosty 
 to make an agricultural country. About Williams lake mixed farming could probably 
 be successfully carried on. Horses, cattle and sheep are reported to do well in these 
 sections. 
 
 The famous Chilcotin ranching district lies west of the Fraser river in the 
 southern part of the Cariboo and the north part of the Lillooet divisions. It com- 
 prises a vast elevated plateau extending from the Coast range of mountains easterly. 
 It is cut with numerous deep valleys, the principal of which is that of the Chilcotin 
 river. The bottom lands of these valleys are very fertile and, when irrigated, produce 
 prolific crops of all varieties of grain, grass and fruits common to the province. The 
 upper lands are fairly open, with numerous natural meadows, but, on account of their 
 elevation, are subject to summer frosts. Added to this drawback is the light precipita- 
 tion prevailing, which has caused these plateaus to be rejected as farming lands and 
 devoted only to ranging. The climate is comparatively mild, cattle requiring winter 
 feeding for an average of two and a half to three months only. With its numerous 
 meadows, mild climate, good range and sufficient lakes and streams to provide water 
 for drinking purposes this district has attained great success in ranching. 
 
 The Chilcotin district is reached by a main road from 150-Mile House, which 
 passes around Williams lake and crosses the Fraser river on a bridge at Chimney 
 Creek and follows westerly along the Government telegraph line. Trails also lead in 
 from Soda Creek and Nazko river. Another road enters from Clinton, while a trail 
 following the telegraph line gives connection with Bella Coola on the coast. The 
 principal centres in this part of the district are Alexis Creek and Redstone. The 
 main tributaries of the Chilcotin are the Chilanko and Chilko rivers, which rise in 
 the Tatla and Chilko group of lakes. One mountain peak, the Anahim, with an 
 elevation of over 6,0C»O feet, stands out as a striking Iniidinnrk visible from nearly 
 every part of the Chilcotin plateau.
 
 The Cariboo District 77 
 
 As a range country the district is already sufficiently, if not excessively, stocked, 
 but it is believed that by practising dry farming methods large areas of range land 
 could be made more profitable. It is possible that the adoption of euoh methods will 
 result in much of the district being brought under cultivation and being more thickly 
 settled. 
 
 THE FORT FRASER DISTRICT 
 
 The Fort Fraser Land Recording Division includes the drainage area of Nechako 
 river, except for the last few miles of the river's valley, which are within the Fort 
 George division. The Nechako is the main branch of the Fraser in the central 
 interior part of the province. Flowing from the west it drains the great areas of 
 fertile plateau lands that gently fall away from the summit of the Cascade or Coast 
 range of mountains. At Prince George it joins the main branch of the Fraser, which, 
 rising in the Rocky mountains, flows in an opposite direction through an ever-widening 
 valley of rich lands and valuable woods. Meeting from these opposite directions, the 
 waters now flow southerly to join the sea at Vancouver, which lies almost due south 
 of Prince George and nearly 325 miles distant in an air line. 
 
 The Fort Fraser division is traversed by the Grand Trunk Pacific railway from 
 west to east midway between its northern and southern boundaries. Commencing at 
 Rose Lake, on the summit between the Skeena and Fraser watersheds, or more locally 
 between the Bulkley and Endako rivers, the railway follows the latter river easterly to 
 Fraser lake, thence skirting the south shore of this lake it crosses the Nechako, 
 which flows from, the south to almost enter the lake at its eastern extremity. The 
 Nechako now swings east and the railway follows its south bank to Prince George. 
 
 Midway between Fraser lake and Prince George the Stuart river joins the Nechako 
 from the north. This point approximately defines the easterly limit of the Fort 
 Fraser Land Division. It extends northerly to the Arctic-Pacific divide, westerly to 
 the Skeena-Fraser divide, and southerly to the height-of-land parting the drainage 
 area of the Nechako and its tributaries from that of the Dean and Blackwater. Its 
 boundaries are very irregular, but its average dimensions are nearly 125 miles east and 
 west by 150 miles north and south. This area probably contains more agricultural 
 and grazing lands than any other of equal extent in British Columbia. 
 
 Before the completion of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway this splendid district 
 was without means of transportation and was therefore unsuitable for extensive settle- 
 ment purposes. Its favourable climate, highly productive soil and general qualities 
 that are essential to a successful agricultural country have long been known. Fort 
 Fraser, at the east end of Fraser lake, and Fort St. James, at the east end of Stuart 
 lake, were established as trading posts by the Northwest Company in 1806. The 
 diaries of resident officials of this, and later of the Hudson's Bay Company, bear 
 ample testimony of the success attained in limited horticultural and agricultural 
 undertakings conducted about these posts. Many entries also comment in glowing 
 terms on the future possibilities of the district at large along such lines. The inac- 
 cessibility of the district, and the absence of markets even if settlement were forced, 
 have held back this large area — and possibly fortunately — from earlier exploitation. 
 
 Along the Grand Trunk Pacific railway from west to east the country falls into 
 three natural local divisions, namely, the Endako valley and Burns lake district, the
 
 78 Central Briii^h Columbia 
 
 Fraser lake district and the Neehako A-alley district. North of the railroad there are 
 two principal sections -worthy of special mention, the Stuart lake district and the 
 Babine lake country. Immediately south of the railway are found two other choice 
 parts, namely, the Frangois and Ootsa lakes district and the upper Neehako valley. 
 Still farther south and on higher altitudes are some good grazing districts about 
 Cheslatta lake, Entiako river and Eutsuk lake.' The southwest corner of the Fort 
 Fraser division extends to near the Blaekwater divide and includes the upper valley of 
 the Chilako river. 
 
 The Endako valley and Burns lake district contains some good farming and 
 grazing lands adjacent to the railway. Endako river has its source on the summit 
 at Eose lake, and flowing easterly passes through Decker and Burns lakes. 
 The station of Palling is located above the head of Decker lake, practically bn 
 the ridge between the Endako and Bulkley rivers. There is a little good land 
 here and more of a light and gravelly nature. Decker Lake station is located about 
 midway along the north shore of thie lake and to the north and west is some 
 fairly good land, lightly wooded with poplar and jackpine, open for settlement. At 
 Burns lake a townsite was surveyed and sold in 1917. It is expected this i)oint will 
 become the distributing centre for the Fra->er and Ootsa lakes district and the Babine 
 lake country, wagon roads leading out in both directions. Very rich black alluvial 
 soil with clay subsoil is found about Burns lake and vegetation is very profuse. From 
 Burns lake to Endako^he bottom lands of the valley consist of a rich black loams with 
 rank vegetation. On the benches the land is usually lighter but free from stones. 
 Endako is a divisional point on the railway and the town is growing rapidly, the sur- 
 rounding land being now nearly all settled on. Endako river ecmpties into Fraser 
 lake a few miles east of this point. The total length of this river, from Eose lake to 
 Fraser lake, is about 50 miles. The valley proper does not average much over a mile 
 in width, but the low bench lands extend considerably back on either side. 
 
 The Fraser lake district contains an area of good agricultural land, estimated at 
 15,000 acres, together with much rough land suitable for grazing. Most of this land 
 lies south of the lake, but good land with a uniform settlement extends all around the 
 lake. The soil is a white clay silt, with vegetable loam, and is very fertile and easy to 
 till. Fraser lake is about 12 miles long and 2 miles wide. The Endako and Stallako 
 rivers enter at its western extremity. A short outlet, the Xautley river, at the eastern 
 end, drains into the Neehako. The railway and a wagon road follow the south shore, 
 while the old government telegraph line follows its north shore. The old trading post 
 of Fort Fraser is located at the northeast corner of the lake and is about 5 miles 
 distant from the new townsite and railway station of Fort Fraser. A wagon road 
 connects them. The land recording office for this division is located at the new town. 
 For over one hundred years land in this vicinity has been cultivated and the produc- 
 tiveness of the district has been amply verified. About this lake are located many 
 "old-timers," who found their way here in connection with the fur trade, the building 
 of the Government telcpraiph line, or later with the survey and construction of the 
 Grand Trunk Pacific railway. Tlie attractions of the district induced them to settle, 
 in spite of the certain long wait for development. 
 
 The Neehako valley, extending along the railway from Fraser lake to Prince 
 George, and especially that part above the mouth of Stuart river and within the Fort 
 Fraser land division, constitutes one of the largest and best single areas of farm lands
 
 The Fort Fraser District 79 
 
 to be found anywhere in the province of British Columbia. The Nechako river has its 
 source in ISTatalkuz and Cheslatta lakes. It flows in a northeasterly direction for about 
 70 miles to the east end of Fraser lake, then turns easterly and flov?s for about 100 
 miles to .ioin the i'raser at Prince George. It has a strong swift current and is quite 
 deep, with an average width of some 400 or 500 feet. Before the completion of the 
 Grand Trunk Pacific railway it was navigated by steamboats as far as Fort Fraser, 
 and light-draught boats have been run for 20 miles above this point. With slight river 
 improvements it is believed this run could be extended some 35 miles farther up 
 stream. 
 
 On both sides of the river the valley gradually rises and spreads out into a vast 
 gently rolling plateau, extending northerly to Stuart lake and southerly to the Black- 
 water divide. Its average elevation is about 2,400 feet. The surface is gently rolling, 
 well watered and well drained by numerous small streams. Several small lakes are also 
 found, of which the principal are Tachick, JSTulki and Sinkut, lying a few miles south 
 of the railway. Fifteen or twenty years ago this plateau was more open than at present, 
 much of the surface having recently been covered by a light growth of poplar, spruce 
 and black pine. On the whole, it is now lightly wooded with many meadows and small 
 patches of prairie occurring. Most of the trees will average from three to five inches 
 in diameter, with a few of large dimension. This plateau very much resembles the 
 " park lands " of the Prairie Provinces. The advantages derived from the shelter it 
 affords are considerable, while the yield of firewood, fencing and building material 
 is of no small value to the settler. 
 
 The soil of the whole district is uniformly rich, consisting of a deep deposit of silt 
 mixed with a chocolate loam, extending from five to thirty feet deep and resting on a 
 clay subsoil. This silt is believed to be the remains of a pre-historic lake bed which 
 once covered this area, and is exceedingly rich. The whole is further enhanced by the 
 presence of decomposed vegetable matter. 
 
 The climate of this district is very favourable and the precipitation sufficient for 
 successful farming. The winters are fairly cold, but not severe, bright and compara- 
 tively free from winds. The snowfall is medium. The summers are noted for long 
 bright days and cool nights. Summer frosts are rare and disappear as the land is 
 cleared up. 
 
 The clearing of the land has been found to average about $12.50 per acre, including 
 stumping. Good unimproved lands may be purchased at prices varying from $15 to 
 $25 per acre. A number of improved farms are also listed for sale. Area No. 2 of the 
 Land Settlement Board is located to the north of Vanderhoof. 
 
 This district is fairly well served by roads, which are being extended year by year. 
 The river is bridged at Vanderhoof. Easterly from Fort Fraser the railway stations 
 are Marten Lake, Engen, Coll, Vanderhoof and Sinkutt. The principal centre of the 
 Nechako valley is Vanderhoof. To the south lie Sinkutt lake and Mapes on the 
 telegraph line, and a few miles north of the river is Chilko settlement and post office. 
 A wagon road runs northerly from Vanderhoof to Fort St. James and southerly to 
 Sinkutt lake and thence along the telegraph line. Eoads from Fort Fraser also lead 
 southeasterly to Sinkutt lake. In this district there is considerable good unimproved 
 land for purchase and some open for pre-emption. The Land Settlement Board is 
 placing a number of returned soldiers on the land, and there is now quite an influx of 
 new settlers. The district is pre-eminently suitable for dairy farming and small
 
 80 Central British Columbia 
 
 ranching. A ready market is available for all such produce. In the town of Vander- 
 hoof are found all the requisite places of business necessary for the convenience and 
 trade of the district. A board of trade here is alert to the future welfare of the 
 valley, and intending settlers or those interested in this locality cannot do better than 
 write the secretary for desired information. 
 
 The Stuart lake district is an extension, in a northerly and westerly direction, of 
 the Nechako district. It contains very similar lands, equally valuable except for the 
 lack of railway facilities, and has the advantage of containing much larger areas open 
 for pre-emption. The centre of this district is Fort St. James, a Hudson's Bay post, 
 eetablished by the Northwest iCompany at the southeast end of iStuart lake, in the 
 year 1S06. A wagon road 38 miles long connects it with Vanderhoof. There is also 
 a trail to Fort Fraser, a trail to Fort MacLeod and a trail to Manson Creek. The 
 two latter cross the Arctic-Pacific divide to the upper Peace River district. 
 
 The Stuart lake country is very extensive and includes three large lakes, Stuart, 
 Tremblay and Takla, connected by the Tache and Middle rivers and forming a 
 continuous chain of waterways extending for 100 miles northwest from Fort St. 
 James. This area is drained by the Stuart river flowing through a wide valley from 
 Fort St. James to the Xechako river. The Necoslie river occupies part of the same 
 valley and, flowing from an almost opposite direction, curves around and joins the 
 Stuart at the outlet of the lake. The two are practically one and the same river, 
 draining the lake at this sharp bend. Navigation is possible on these waterways for 
 boats of considerable size, a 70-foot steamer having ascended from Quesnel during 
 the boom days of the gold rush. 
 
 It is estimated that there are many hundred thousand acres of first-class arable 
 land in the Stuart basin. Areas suitable for grazing are more extensive, and while no 
 definite estimate can be made without more complete data being secured, there is no 
 doubt that scattered locations are to be found all the way to the Manson and Parsnip 
 valleys and thence to the Peace. A branch line from the Grand Trunk Pacific railway 
 would be of inestimable value in opening up this district, and there is no question 
 that its development under present circumstances will soon warrant its construction. 
 Many returned soldiers are taking up land here. 
 
 About Babine lake there is also a large tract of good agricultural land and large 
 areas admirably suited to ranching. Much of the country is fairly open and level or 
 gently rolling. Wild grasses and peavine grow most profusely. Stock would require 
 winter feeding here on account of the snowfall, which is rather deep. 
 
 The southern end of Babine lake is reached by an old trail from Fort Fraser, 
 following the Beaver or Sutherland river. A twelve-mile wagon road leads across the 
 portage from this end of the lake to Stuart lake, on which freight teams are main- 
 tained by the Hudson's Bay Company during the summers. Another road leads to 
 Babine lake from Burns lake. The old Hazelton-Omineca pack trail also touches the 
 lake at Fort Babine at the extreme northwest end. This lake is about 100 miles 
 long and parallels the Babine range of mountains which lies to the west of it. It 
 drains by the Babine river into the Skeena above Hazelton. 
 
 The Frangois-Ootsa lakes district is now attracting the attention of stockmen 
 particularly. It occupies an undulating plateau, with an average elevation of about 
 2300 feet, is dotted with lakes, and has scattered ranges and peaks rising from 500 to 
 1,000 feet above the lake levels. Around these numerous lakes are found rich arable
 
 The Fort Fraser Disirict 81 
 
 lands and many benclies and gently sloping hillsides, which are lightly wooded and 
 covered with grass and peavine. Other parts have heavier woods with open grassj 
 areas intervening. 
 
 A good wagon road 14 miles in length leads south from Burns lake, on the Grand 
 Trunk Pacific, to Frangois lake. This lake is about 55 miles in length and 2^ miles 
 wide, running in an east and west direction. The road meets it about midway on the 
 north shore. A ferry crosses the lake here and the road continues southerly some 2i 
 miles additional to Ootsa lake. This lake is also long and narrow, measuring about 
 45 miles by 3 miles ; it lies in a partial crescent, the eastern part swinging somewhat 
 to the south. The road reaches its north shore also about the centre. 
 
 The west end of Frangois lake is reached also by a wagon road from Houston and 
 the east end hy roads from Endako, Stellako and Fraser lake. On the north shore 
 of Frangois lake are located Frangois Lake and Colley mount post offices, connected by 
 road. The Houston road passes the west end of this lake and runs south to Wistana 
 on Ootsa lake, then turns east and joins the Burns lake road. Branches lead to the 
 head of Cheslatta lake and to various localities throughout this district. Some of the 
 principal settlements are found aJbout Skins, Spencha, Takysic, Uncha, Mollice, Tata- 
 laska, Bickle, Tatalrose and Spud lakes between Frangois and Ootsa lakes and about 
 Tchesenkut lake to the north. Bickle and Ootsa Lake post offices are located between 
 these two large lakes. 
 
 This district promises to develop rapidly into a first-class area for mixed and dairy- 
 farming and small ranching. Its climate is moderated to some extent by warm 
 breezes, which find their way through the Coast range of mountains. 
 
 Eutsuk lake lies to the southwest of Frangois and Ootsa lakes and might be included 
 as part of the same district. It has a similar form, and its surrounding country is 
 much the same, though reaching a higher altitude and being farther distant from the 
 railway. Cheslatta lake lies between the eastern ends of Frangois and Ootsa lakes 
 and forms part of the source of the Nechako river. The lands about it are slightly 
 rougher than between these lakes but -contain small scattered areas of good land and 
 some meadows. Similar country is found about the Entiako river and the upper 
 reaches of the Nechako. 
 
 The Chilako valley forms part of the drainage basin of the Nechako river, into 
 which it empties only a few miles above its confluence with the Fraser. Most of this 
 valley is included in the Fort George land division, the upper reaches only being in 
 the Fort Fraser division. The 'bottom lands, though not extensive, are exceedingly 
 rich, while the benches and plateau at the head are most prolific in wild grasses. The 
 district has heen burnt over and now has many large patches of prairie meadows and 
 lightly wooded areas. The government telegraph line between Quesnel and Fort 
 Fraser crosses this valley near its southern limit. 
 
 The Fort Fraser Land Division stands out pre-eminently as an agricultural 
 country. In all the other divisions of Central British Columbia the predominating 
 industries are fishing, mining or lumbering, with agriculture taking an inferior place. 
 Here the lands appear to be the greatest resource, and their development along dairy- 
 farming lines would appear to have most enticing possibilities. 
 
 39736-
 
 32 Central British Columbia 
 
 THE HAZELTON DISTRICT 
 
 The Hazelton Land Recording Division lies immediately east of the Skeena 
 division, and includes all the upper drainage areas of the Skeena river. It is a some- 
 what mountainous division but also contains several rich agricultural valleys and 
 plateaus. The Coast range of mountains forms its westerly limit, dividing it from the 
 Skeena division. The Boundary line between these land districts crosses the Skeena 
 river and Grand Trunk Pacific railway at Copper City, a few miles east of Terrace, 
 The centre of the Kitsumgallum-Kitimat valley. Northerly the Hazelton district 
 extends to Skeena-Stikine divide and northeasterly to the Skeena-Omineca divide. 
 Along the Grand Trunk Pacific railway it extends as far east as Rose lake, the height- 
 of-land between the Skeena and Fraser river drainage basins. This height constitutes 
 its easterly and southerly boundary. 
 
 Within this division lies the main valley of the Skeena river from Copper City 
 to Hazelton. Its principal tributaries in this section are the Copper and Kitwanga 
 rivers. At Hazelton the Skeena valley becomes divided, the river forking in opposite 
 directions. The main river flows from the north, while the Bulkley here joins it from 
 the southeast. A few miles above these forks the main branch is joined by the Kispiox 
 and farther up by the Babine. 
 
 At Copper City there is a small settlement connected with the railway by a ferry 
 and with Terrace by a wagon road. Small fruits and vegetables thrive here. The 
 climate is mild and this section might be included, for descriptive purposes, with the 
 Kitsumgallum-Kitimat district. Limited areas of good land are found on flats and 
 benches along the Skeena but are not extensive. The soil, however, is exceptionally 
 good, the climate mild and the moisture ample but not excessive. Sucli areas are 
 admirably suited to fruit growing and truck and dairy farming, and have the advan- 
 tage of rail and river transportation close at hand. 
 
 The Kitwanga valley contains some excellent lands with a considerable settlement. 
 In addition to fruits and vegetables, hay and grain are grown and live stock raised. 
 A wagon road leads up the valley for a few miles, thence a trail crosses the divide 
 2nd follows down the Cranberry river to the Nass. The pre-emptor map of 1919 
 shows several lots open for settlement in this valley. 
 
 Hazelton is a name romantic in the annals of the mining activity of Central 
 British Columbia. For long years it was the animated gateway to the famous Omineca 
 district. Skeena river steamboats, after battling their hazardous voyages up the 
 numerous rapids of this turbulent waterway, here discharged their cargoes of supplies 
 for the placer camps of the interior. The busy scenes, as miners and packers outfitted 
 for the long strenuous march over rugged hills and through deep valleys, with their 
 beasts of burden following in patient procession, have now almost vanished. Fort 
 Babine, Bulkley House and Fort Connelly are now listed as abandoned. The days of 
 the gold boom have passed, though there is still a little traffic over the old route 
 from this point to the Omineca gold-fields. Hazelton still continues, in a lesser way, 
 to be the centre of prospecting and mining activity for the district, and high hopes are 
 entertained that if the placer mines fail to restore the former activity the coal and 
 quartz mines will do so.
 
 The Hazelton District 83 
 
 There are some good agriculturnl lands in this vicinity, particularly in the lower 
 twenty miles of the Kiepiox valley. A wagon road extends about 40 miles up from 
 Hazelton and a pack trail leads farther up. The valley of the Skeena is narrow but 
 there are some good bench lands between the Skeena and Kiepiox. All grains, grasses 
 and vegetables grow well here, and the district is well suited to mixed or dairy- 
 farming. . The Ashcroft- Yukon telegraph line paesee through Hazelton and follows 
 the Kispiox valley. 
 
 Hazelton is located in the flats at the junction of the Skeena and Bulkley, 
 Hazelton station, on the Grand Trunk Pacific railway, which here follows a high 
 bench on the south side of the rivers, is about a mile distant. New Hazelton is 
 another station on the railway about 6 miles east. Near the junction of the Kispiox 
 with the Skeena is the old village of Kispiox. Muv^h of the best land in this vicinity 
 is held under Indian reservation. 
 
 The Skeena, Kispiox and lower Bulkley valleys, in the vicinity of Hazelton, 
 have an average elevation of about 1,000 feet above sea level. Hazelton is quoted as 
 973 feet. New Hazelton as 1,030 feet, and the Bulkley about 1,500 feet. The climate 
 is fairly mild, and summer frosts rarely, if ever, prevail. Some excellent irrigated 
 gardens are to be seen in the bottom lands of the valleys, but the moisture, as a rule, 
 is sufficient for ordinary purposes. 
 
 The principal section of the Hazelton land division, from an agricultural stand- 
 point, is the famous Bulkley valley. It lies on an elevated plateau between the Babine 
 range of mountains on the east and the Telkwa and Hudson Bay mountains of the 
 Coast range on the west. It is drained by the Bulkley river, which has its source in 
 Rose and Bulkley lakes, on the Skeena-Fraser divide, and, after flowing in a general 
 northwesterly direction, joins the 'Skeena at Hazelton. 
 
 The Bulkley is a swift river, with many rapids and canyons, especially near its 
 mouth. The elevation of Rose lake, on the Grand Trunk Pacific, is 2,363 feet, while 
 that of Hazelton is 973 feet. The railway closely follows the river throughout the 
 entire valley. Rose lake is 300 miles east of Prince Rupert and New Hazelton 180 
 miles, so that the length of the Bulkley river is thus approximately 120 miles. In 
 this distance its fall is 1,300 feet, an average of 11 feet to the mile. 
 
 The Bulkley valley thus becomes more of a plateau, with an elevation varying 
 from 1,550 feet to 2,350 feet. Its width will average from 5 to 15 miles, with hillside 
 grazing lands beyond. 
 
 The woods of the Bulkley valley are smaller than those of the Skeena and con- 
 sisted years ago mainly of spruv^e. Much of the district has been burned over and is 
 now made up of open patches interspersed with willow, small second-growth poplar 
 and jack pine and some small stands of old spruce. A couple of saw-mills are operated 
 in the district, but there is no lumber available for export. The soil varies considerably 
 and mainly according to difference in elevation. The lower lands are uniformly rich, 
 consisting of river silt, sandy loam and clay subsoil. The benches are more variable, 
 some consisting of poor gravelly soil while others have a very rich clay loam. The 
 clearing of the land is comparatively easy, and will cost probably from $15 per acre 
 up. The timber is sufficient at present for local use. 
 
 Speculators have held land idle in this district for several years, but the policy 
 of the Government in taxing wild lands and compelling owners to put certain per- 
 
 ?.9736— €i
 
 84 Central British Columbia 
 
 centages under cultivation or suffer it to be expropriated, and also the demands of 
 the Land Settlement Board for lands for returned men, are having the effect of 
 forcing much of it on the market. The average price asked for these unimproved 
 lands in 1919 by local agents was $12 per acre. Settlement areas Nos. 1, 6 and 11, 
 administered by the Land Settlement Board, are in the Bulkley valley. 
 
 The principal centre of the district is Smithers, a divisional point on the railway, 
 and now the seat of the Land Recording Office for the Hazelton division. It is a new 
 railroad town but is growing rapidly; it has good hotel accommodation and well- 
 established mercantile houses. Its adjacent farming district lies to the north and 
 east, on the opposite side of the river, where good roads lead through some very fine 
 farms and ranches. The Bulkley river is spanned here by a good traffic bridge. 
 
 Between Smithers and Hazelton are Lake Kathlyn, Evelyn, Doughty, Moricetown, 
 Seaton, Beament, Bulkley Canyon and New Hazelton. At Lake Kathlyn the valley is 
 seven or eight miles wide, four miles of which lies on the west side of the river. At 
 Moricetown it has nairowed down to about half this width and is broken and rough. 
 The main road, which traverses the valley from its head, crosses here from the east to 
 the west side of the river. The northern end of the valley is narrow and rough. At 
 Bulkley canyon the Suskwa river enters from the east. The Hazelton-Manson Creek 
 trail follows its north bank. 
 
 Between Smithers and Rose Lake, at the head of the valley, are found many choice 
 settlements where agricultural operations have been successfully carried on for years. 
 Telkwa, ten miles south, is one of the best-known centres of this valley, and in its 
 vicinity are to be seen some of the choicest lands and best improved farms of the 
 Bulkley, especially around Maclure lake. Tatlow is a station between Smithers and 
 Telkwa and is also located in the midst of a good farming section. Hubert is the 
 next station south of Telkwa and it also has a good country surrounding it. The 
 valley here attains its greatest width, and about Lacroix lake, which lies a couple of 
 miles east of Hubert, are found some of the old-established ranches of the valley. 
 Quick, the centre of Land iSettlement area No. 1, is the next station. South of this the 
 valley is narrower, and below Barrett lake it makes a big bend, assuming a more general 
 eact and west direction. Walcott and Barrett stations are located north of the bend, 
 the latter being connected by a wagon road with Barrett lake, a couple of miles dis- 
 tant, where other large ranches are located. Good range land is found here, and to 
 the south are some choice agricultural lands with southwestern slope. 
 
 Morice river and Buck creek enter the Bulkley from the south at the big bend, 
 Houston being located at the mouth of the latter. The valleys of both these tribu- 
 taries for a few miles contain some good bottom lands with hillside grazing areas. 
 From the Mcrice to a few miles above Houston is Pleasant Valley or North Bulkley, 
 a particularly choice section of the Bulkley. 
 
 The valley then becomes narrow, the elevation increases, and the good lands are 
 confined for the most part to alluvial flats and scattered patches on the benches. Less 
 open land is found and lighter soil occurs. The principal settlement in this upper 
 part of the valley is about South Bulkley. The railway station here is Forestdale. 
 Between Houston and South Bulkley are Knockholt, Perow and Topley stations and 
 to the east Rose lake, at the summit of the valley, and on the easterly boundary of the 
 Hnzelton land division.
 
 The Skeena District 85 
 
 The Bulkley valley is traversed throughout by the Grand Trunk Pacific railway 
 and a main wagon road with several laterals and cross-roads, and also by the Ashcrof t- 
 Yukon Government telegraph line. As the valley is long and narrow all parts enjoy 
 these advantages. The climate is colder than on the Skeena, with more snowfall, 
 and the winters are longer, though not severe. The summers are pleasant, and rain- 
 fall sufficient, but summer frosts occur in places. These are believed to be ceasing as 
 the land becomes cleared up. Taken as a whole, the valley is most suited to mixed 
 arid dairy-farming or ranching where sufficient range is available. 
 
 Aside from these pursuits mining is the principal industry. The silver-lead 
 deposits west of Smithers and the coal-fields west of.Telkwa are believed to be rich 
 and extensive. The development of these and other prospective mines will do much 
 to increase the demand for farm products and provide an ever-increasing local market. 
 This district promises to develop rapidly. 
 
 THE SKEENA DISTRICT 
 
 The Skeena Land Eecording Division, with recording office at Prince Rupert, 
 includes nearly all the coast lands of Central British Columbia, that is, the area lying 
 west of the Coast, or Cascade, range of mountains, which forms its eastern boundary. 
 On the north the divide, between the Stikine and Naas watersheds, in approximately 
 latitude 57, is its boundary, while on the west it is limited by the Alaskan boundary, 
 Portland canal and the main coast. Southerly the division extends to Millbank 
 sound. Between this body of water and latitude 53 is found the Bella Coola district, 
 which rightly belongs to Central British Columbia. It falls within the Vancouver 
 land division, hut for purposes of description is included with the Skeena division. 
 
 This district cannot be called, by any stretch of the imagination, an agricultural 
 one. It is mountainous and rocky, and is broken up by numerous irregular inlets 
 from the Pacific ocean. Many of the mountains rise even above timber line, and 
 sufficient soil for agricultural purposes is found only in the bottoms of the narrow 
 valleys. These are most heavily wooded. The climate also is unfavourable for 
 ordinary agriculture, being mild but excessively wet. 
 
 However, there are found in this district certain sections which prove exceptions 
 to the general rule and as such have an enhanced value. Where such favourable condi- 
 tions are found produce is grown in plenty, and ready markets are always at hand. 
 Lumbering, fishing and mining have reached a higher stage of development here than 
 in any other part of Central British Columbia, therefore the limited areas of favour- 
 able agricultural lands which do occur are of more than ordinary importance. 
 
 The Bella Coola valley is about 40 miles long, having a width of about 3 miles 
 at its mouth and half a mile at its upper end. Steep mountains hem it in on botli 
 sides, and valley and mountain sides have been heavily wooded. The soil is uniformly 
 good, being a sandy loam and well adapted to the production of small fruits and 
 potatoes. Vegetables and hay are also grown abundantly. The climate is mild and 
 very pleasant, zero weather being seldom encountered. 
 
 Bella Coola town, at the outlet of the valley, is a port of call for coast steamers, 
 and is provided with the usual places of business. It also has connection with the
 
 86 
 
 Central British Columbia 
 
 interior by a telegraph line running up the valley and across the Chilcotin country to 
 tap the Dominion Government's Ashcroft-Yukon wire on the Cariboo road. A wagon 
 road extends about 35 miles up the valley beyond which a trail follows the telegraph 
 line. Other centres of settlement are Hagenburg, 12 miles up; Sloan, the center of an 
 Adventiet colony, 30 miles up, and Atnarko, near the head of the valley. The lands 
 have all been taken up for some time. Many Norwegians have settled here and engage 
 in fishing as a side line. A couple of saw-mills are also operated. Bella Coola 
 has the distinction of being the point at or near which Alexander Mackenzie, the first 
 white man to cross the continent, reached the waters of the Pacific ocean in 1793. 
 
 The Skeena valley, from the Coast mountains to the sea, is also a narrow valley 
 and contains only a limited amount of agricultural land. It has splendid trans- 
 portation advantages, however. The Grand Trunk Pacific railway follows the north 
 shore of the river through this entire division. Tide-water extends up about 20 miles 
 and the lower reaches are navigated by small coast boats. In the early days of 
 mining activities in the Omineca, steamboats plied as far up as Hazelton, well beyond 
 the Coast range. Port Essington is located at the mouth of the river, while Prince 
 Rupert, the Pacific terminus of the Grand Trunk Pacific, is located on Kaien island, 
 practically in its delta. 
 
 A number of islands, formed by river silt and sand, and flats and benches of 
 varying extent, constitute the agricultural lands of this section. They are found in 
 irregular areas and scattered locations. Most of the best land is, or has been, heavily 
 timbered, but it is now nearly all taken up. The climate is mild and the rainfall 
 heavy at the coast, but it gets colder and drier ascending the valley. Vegetation is 
 rank but ripens slowly. 
 
 An area with greater possibilities along agricultural lines is that found in the 
 valley of the Nass. This river has its sources well up in the Gassier district, and flows 
 in a general southerly direction to latitude 55, when it turns west and reaches the sea 
 at Nass bay on Portland inlet. It is enclosed by mountains on the north, west and 
 east, and the greater part of its arable land consists of elevated plateaus, rising in 
 series as the stream is ascended. The lower part of the valley is narrow, from one to 
 three miles wide, as far up as Ayansh village. Above this point it widens out to eight 
 or nine miles and thence rises into extensive plateaus. 
 
 The principal settlement is between Upper Nass and Cranberry river. At 
 Ayansh there is an Indian reserve covering about 2,000 acres. This district has been 
 burned over and now contains many open meadows and areas covered with second- 
 growth woods. Wild grasses and peavine grow abundantly. Soil and climate are 
 favourable to the production of small fruits, vegetables, hay and grain. The district 
 is admirably suited to fruit-growing, dairying and truck and mixed farming. 
 
 At present the grreatest obstacle to settlement is its lack of transportation facili- 
 ties. Steamers call at Nass Harbour and gasolene launches give an irregular service 
 from that point from May till November. The upper valley is also reached by trail 
 from Terrace, on the Grand Trunk Pacific railway, by way of the Kitsumgallum valley, 
 and from Kitwanga by way of the Cranberry and Kitwanga rivers. There is a store 
 and post offi^-c at Upper Nass, also a telegraph office giving connection to Granby Bay 
 and Stewart. The Dominion Government telegraph line from Ashcroft to the Yukon 
 crosses the beight-of-land from which the head'waters of the Nass have their origin.
 
 A trapper's cabin on the bank of Parsnip river. 
 
 Mount Robson, the highest of Canadian peaks, from Grand Trunk Pacific Railway.
 
 88 Central British Columbia 
 
 Adjacent to this territory are found extensive mining, fishing and lumbering 
 activities. Thousands of men are employed in the mining industries of Granby Bay, 
 Anyox, Alice Arm and Stewart. With means of delivering their products promptly 
 and cheaply to these centres the settlers of the Nass district should find adequate and 
 profitable markets for their output. 
 
 One of the most attractive rural districts of Central British Columbia, especially 
 to the lover of fruits and flowers and their cultivation, is the Kitimat-Kitsumgallum 
 valley, or, as it is becoming more commonly known, the Terrace strawberry belt. 
 This little section has a most unique location, and is almost a small world of its own. 
 It lies in a narrow trough of the Cascade mountains and almost at right angles to the 
 valley of the Skeena river, which it crosses at a point centering on Terrace, a small 
 station on the Grand Trimk Pacific railway, 94 miles east of Prince Eupert. 
 
 Here the Kitsumgallum river, flowing southerly through its trough-like valley 
 walled in by snow-capped peaks of the Cascades, joins the Skeena. Its main source is 
 Kitsumgallum lake, a beautiful body of water some six miles in length and distant 
 about fifteen miles from the Skeena. At the head of the lake is Rosswood settlement. 
 Cedar river flows into the north end of the lake from a low divide in the valley which 
 separates the tributaries of the Skeena from those of the Nass. North of this low 
 divide is found Lava lake, which is drained northerly through a continuation of the 
 Kitsumgallum valley by the Tseux river into the Nass, reaching it at Upper Nass or 
 Ayansh. A further low divide extends the valley across the Nass and to the head of 
 Alice Arm. 
 
 From Terrace south the valley continues some ten miles to Lakelse lake, another 
 beautiful mountain lake hemmed in by snow-capped peaks. This lake is drained by 
 Lakelse river, which enters the iSkeena a few miles below the mouth of the Kitsum- 
 gallum. From Lakelse lake a low divide leads south to the Kitimat river, which, in 
 turns, drains through a deep valley into Kitimat Arm. 
 
 From the head of Cedar river to Kitimat Arm, which will include the Kitsum- 
 gallum-Kitimat valley proper, the distance is roughly some TO miles, of which about 
 35 lie to the north and 35 to the south of the Skeena river. The total length of the 
 trough from Alice Arm to Kitimat Arm is between 75 and 100 miles. 
 
 The width of the valley varies from three to six miles. The main valley of the 
 Kitimat is four or five miles wide and about six at its mouth. The Kitsumgallum 
 flats are narrow but the bench lands will keep up tlie average width. The soil of the 
 lower lands is exceedingly rich, while much on the bench lands is also good, though 
 some is sandy and gravelly. The valley has been heavily wooded and much is still in 
 timber, being principally hemlock. A saw-mill is operated at Terrace and cuts logs 
 secured in this locality. 
 
 This valley is made of particular value by its salubrious climate. It is just far 
 enough east of the coast to be out of the wet belt without finding itself in the dry 
 belts such as occur in the southern interior. The rainfall is sufficient for ordinary 
 purposes of agriculture, while the amount of sunshine received is most abundant. 
 Sea breezes blow up and down the valley from Alice Arm at one extremity to Kitimat 
 Arm at the other and play a most important part in maintaining a uniform 
 temperaturf T^'- Tir<,Y;Trntv <.f the mountains also serves to temper the heat by
 
 The Skeena District 89 
 
 summer and give shelter by winter. The winters are very moderate, the thcrmometei 
 seldom falling below zero, while the snowfall is not excessive. Rainfall in summer is 
 usually ample but the valley lends itself readily to irrigation should such become 
 necessary. 
 
 This valley has been found to give most marked success in small fruit growing 
 and has -already attained considerable fame through its production of strawberries. 
 The season for this fruit is later than in almost any other section of North America 
 and thus the producers find a ready market for these berries after other sources have 
 been exhausted. This fruit attains a splendid size and has a delicious flavour. Daily 
 shipments during the season are made westerly to Prince Rupert and easterly to 
 Edmonton, Saskatoon, Winnipeg and other prairie points. Raspberries, currants and 
 gooseberries appear to do equally well. Apples, plums, pears, cherries and kindred 
 fruits may be raised with equal success, though such trees are only beginning to bear, 
 as the district has not been long enough under way to give them a fair trial. 
 
 The land here is nearly all divided into 10-acre plots. The average price at 
 which it can be purchased is about $75 per acre and the cost of clearing will average 
 possibly $150 per acre. At this rate a 10-acre plot would cost $2,250. If planted to 
 strawberries additional cost would be incurred and a wait till the second year for a 
 crop become necessary. However many one-acre plots of strawberries in this section 
 have yielded from $500 to $600 each in a single season. Settlers here are doing 
 exceptionally well and the valley is being rapidly filled up. The small farms give a 
 more thiekly settled community than in the case of ordinary farming and the 
 advantages of good roads and closeness to town and railroad are enjoyed by all. The 
 lower end of Kitimat valley is served by coast steamers. 
 
 Poultry-raising and dairying are other pursuits that can be successfully carried 
 on in this valley, the city of Prince Rupert providing a never-failing market for such 
 produce. Bee-keeping might also prove remunerative. The streams and lakes of the 
 district afford excellent fishing, trout being most plentiful. The Dominion Govern- 
 ment maintains a hatchery on Lakelse lake. The mountains afford excellent hunting, 
 while the mineral deposits of the vicinity are believed to be extensive and valuable. 
 
 Another attraction of this district are the hotsprings found at the southern end 
 of Lakelse lake. These have been exploited to a very limited extent only. They are 
 believed to possess excellent medicinal qualities, and it is altogether probable that a 
 sanatorium or resort will be established here which will become very popular and 
 beneficial. 
 
 Already this district is becoming a popular holiday resort for the inhabitants of 
 Prince Rupert, who find in its high altitude, lighter and brighter atmosphere, and its 
 many attractions of fruit, flowers and scenery, hunting and fishing, hotsprings bathing 
 and mountain climbing, a most complete recreation ground. Its attractions, both as a 
 temporary and permanent place of residence, are many and varied, and will doubtless 
 result in an ever-increasing influx of pleasure, health and home seekers.
 
 AGRICULTURAL AND INDUSTRIAL OPPORTUNITIES 
 
 The building of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway has made available great tracts 
 of fertile lands unsurpassed in any part of western America for dairy purposes. This 
 railway was completed in 1914, and, while agricultural settlement and development 
 has advanced since that date, it has not made the rapid progress that was expected 
 •f it. This is no doubt due to the retarding influence of the war, which put a stop to 
 European immigration and retarded development work generally. 
 
 Xow that conditions are becoming normal and more men, including large numbers 
 of ex-soldiers, are seeking new land, a marked activity in rural development may be 
 expected. Increased service on the Grand Trunk Pacific and Canadian National 
 railways is already in evidence, while the building of the Pacific Great Eastern is 
 being vigorously prosecuted. It is hoped this railway will shortly be extended to 
 cross the Grand Trunk Pacific and reach northerly into the Peace River district. 
 Connection is hoped to be made at some point then with the Edmonton, Dunvegan 
 and British Columbia railway. 
 
 These railways are already augmented by local steamboat services, which serve to 
 assist the early settlement of adjacent territories, though they do not prove sufficient 
 means of transportation when farming operations are in full swing. Branch lines to 
 serve the more populous agricultural settlements located beyond the convenient reach 
 of main lines must shortly be constructed. In the meantime, the Provincial Govern- 
 ment is building roads and bridges with all despatch, and the intending settler may 
 rest assured that his transportation problems are receiving attention. 
 
 Homesteads in the Dominion Government Peace River Block and pre-emptions in 
 the remainder are still available, though the best locations of such free lands are being 
 rapidly taken up. Unimproved lands may be purchased from the British Columbia 
 Government, at $5 per acre for first-class and $2.50 per acre for second-class lands. 
 Other unimproved lands, held by investors, and in many cases including very choice 
 areas located close to a railway, may be purchased at prices ranging from $8 to $15 
 per acre. Lands in the Terrace " Strawberry belt " sell in 10-acre blocks for as high as 
 $75 per acre in their raw state. 
 
 Leases for grazing purposes may be obtained on both Dominion and Provincial 
 lands. During the past year cattlemen have been acquiring large areas of these lands 
 and immediately placing herds of cattle thereon. 
 
 Comparatively little prairie land is available, though in the Peace and Xechako 
 rivers and the Ootsa and Frangois lakes districts there is much vacant land carrying 
 but a very light and scattered tree growth. 
 
 The clearing of land in British Columbia has always been a source of discourage- 
 ment to the ijrofvpective settler. In the coast and southerly parts it has been a serious 
 problem, but this drawback exists only to a very limited degree in Central British 
 Columbia. Though labour has been scarce and powder expensive, fields have been 
 cleared up in remarkably short time and with surprisingly low costs. Modern machinery 
 is doing much to reduce this task to a mininmm. Moreover, the demand for prairie 
 farms is not as insistent as it formerly was. The presence of a certain quantity of wood 
 for fuel or building and fencing purjxtses is a valuable asset to the farm in these days 
 
 90
 
 Agricultural and Industrial Opi>ortunities 91 
 
 of high lumber cost. Where formerly the clearing of land was coueidered an expen- 
 sive item only, it ie now, if not an actual revenue producer, at least a means of 
 obtaining these valuable and necessary requisites. 
 
 Persons of limited capital, desirous of obtaining a farm home of their own, can 
 find no place more worthy of their consideration than Central British Columbia. 
 Pioneering conditions offer the minimum of hardship and the prospects of rapid 
 advancement are nowhere better. The fertile soil quickly responds to cultivation, the 
 climate is moderate and agreeable, the district is easy of access and good markets are 
 available. In the early years, before the settler has any production to offer for sale, a 
 revenue may be obtained by working out if necessary during part of the seasons. The 
 lumbering, mining and fishing industries, railroad and highway building and many 
 kindred activities offer work at good rates of pay, by which his capital may be 
 supplemented till his farming operations are in full swing. Wood for building and 
 fencing purposes, or for fuel, is free and plentiful, the best of water is obtainable in 
 plenty, and game, fish and wild fruits may be made to supplement his larder. Many 
 of the most successful farmers of these districts have started in such humble manner. 
 
 Equally attractive inducements are held out to the settler with greater means, 
 but particularly to the mixed or dairy farmer. The climate, water and vegetation are 
 especially favourable to the dairy cow, and fodder in abundance is always assured. 
 Clover and alfalfa, especially on irrigated lands, give excellent returns. The Provin- 
 cial Government is now paying especial interest to the dairy industry and is assisting 
 in the introduction of pure-bred herds and the establishment of creameries. 
 
 The various districts and their particular attraction might be briefly summarized 
 as follows : — 
 
 Peace river — Fort St. John vicinity, ranching and mixed farming; Pouce Coupe 
 — mixed farming; Hudson Hope — ranching and mixed farming; Finlay — mixed 
 farming; smaller tributaries of Peace — small ranching. 
 
 Fraser river, upper part — mixed farming and truck gardening; lower part, 
 dairy-farming and fruit and vegetable growing. 
 
 Nechako valley — dairy-farming, sheep-raising and grain and vegetable growing. 
 
 Bulkley valley— mixed farming and ranching. 
 
 Chilcotin country — ranching (now nearly overstocked), irrigated farming. 
 
 Quesnel and Horsefly country — ranching and sheep-raising. 
 
 Frangois and Ootsa lakes districts, Stuart lake district and outlying sections of 
 similar nature — ranching, developing into mixed and dairy-farming as roads and 
 railroads are constructed. 
 
 Kitsumgallum-Kitimat valley — fruit and vegetable growing, poultry-raising, bee- 
 keeping and cream production. 
 
 Skeena and Nass valleys — mixed and dairy-farming, truck and vegetable raising, 
 fruit growing. 
 
 Bella Coola valley — fruit and vegetable growing. 
 
 These are only a few brief indications, but serve to suggest the range of possi- 
 bilities for the rural settler. 
 
 The lumbering industry is well established, but the great forest stands of the 
 coast regions and Fraser valley above Prince George give ample scope for further
 
 92 Central British Columbia 
 
 expansion. The pulp and paper induetry may be expected to increase. As the country 
 settles there arise numerous opportunities for the establishment of woodworking 
 industries, such as eash and door factories, planing mills, furniture factories and 
 similar lines. 
 
 The mining industry has passed through various stages during the last fifty years. 
 Primitive methods of placer mining have been followed on creeks in almost every 
 section of the interior and fabulous sums of gold have been recovered. Small, 
 individual operations of this nature have almost disappeared, but great undertakings, 
 involving the construction of huge dams and long ditches and the installation of heavy 
 machinery, have begun to supplant them. With better transportation facilities, these 
 industries may be expected to expand, and modern dredges and hydraulic plants are 
 likely to be found in many places throughout the Cariboo and Omineca districts. 
 
 Lode mining has developed rapidly along the coast, where great bodies of copper, 
 silver, zinc, lead and gold-producing ore, within easy reach of coast shipping facili- 
 ties, have been foxind. New discoveries are constantly being made. The Portland 
 canal district is at present a favourite field for prospectors and the Mecca of western 
 mining men. Prospecting and development is quietly going on, however, in almost 
 every nook and corner of the interior, and many promising bodies of ore are show- 
 ing up. The great quartz bodies of Mount Selwyn are receiving considerable atten- 
 tion. The claims worthy of careful examination are too numerous to mention. 
 
 Coal mining is yet to receive attention, but will doubtless become an important 
 part of this industry. The possibilities of discovering oil are not to be overlooked. 
 Extensive prospecting and drilling operations are now being prosecuted in the 
 Pouce Coupe district and the outlook is said to be very encouraging. The produc- 
 tion of non-metallics and the manufacture of various clay products offer opportunities 
 for the establishment of such industries as the local demand increases. Mining and 
 its associated industries will play an important part in the development of Central 
 British Columbia. 
 
 Fishing is a well-established industry on the coast, but not commercially prose- 
 cuted in the interior. Great opportunities for successful sturgeon fishing on the 
 great interior lakes await exploitation. Whitefish might also be put to commercial 
 advantage, as in the case of the Prairie Provinces. 
 
 Manufacturing, though as yet almost neglected, may be expected to become 
 permanently established. The presence of such tremendous quantities of raw material, 
 minerals and wood particularly, and the means of procuring at low cost a constant 
 supply of cheap power from the many great water-powers of the district should be 
 gufScient to guarantee the future of this industry. A local demand is steadily 
 increasing and shipping facilities are being improved. 
 
 Two great allied industries, shipping and shipbuilding, appear to be coming into 
 tlieir own at Central British Columbia's great natural seaport. Prince Kupert. 
 Coast-wise shipping has flourished for several years, but foreign and transpacific 
 shipping Hn«5 are necessary to ensure the thorough development of both this port 
 and the interior. Bottoms for the transport of lumber, pulp, paper, products of the 
 mine and farm, fish and other resources from this province and for grain and other 
 produce hauled from the Prairie Provinces to the Grand Trunk Pacific terminus at 
 ilii-i pf.rt arf rrriiiircd. Sorrif woU-established Steamship linee between Prince Eupert
 
 " Au55tralian Ranch," on Cariboo road, twenty miles south of Quesnel. 
 
 Farm at Pouce Coup6 purchased by a returned soldier.
 
 94 
 
 Central British Columhia 
 
 and the principal seaports of the Pacific would do much to make this city a second 
 Vancouver. 
 
 Shipbuilding in Prince Rupert has now obtained a foothold. The " Prince 
 Eupert Dry Docke and Engineering Company, Limited," associated with " The Mulle» 
 Construction Company, Limited," has established modern and extensive dry-docks, 
 capable of docking the largest ocean vessels, and a modern shipbuilding plant on the 
 water-front, about midway between the Grand Trunk Pacific dock and Seal cove in 
 Prince Rupert. All classes of vessels may now dock here for repairs. Machine shops 
 capable of effecting any repairs to ocean-going or coastal boats have been created 
 and the boon thus afforded to shipping is invaluable. 
 
 The shipbuilding programme, after some hitches, was finally got under way during 
 the summer and fall of 1919. The first keel was laid on 'September 2T, 1919, by His 
 Excellency the Duke of Devonshire, Governor General of Canada. The second was 
 laid about the first of November. Some 260 men were employed at this time with 
 expectations of having their number doubled in a short time. These ships were designed 
 as ocean-going vessels and the industry, it is hoped, is permanently established. The 
 first to be completed was the Canadian Scottish, a unit of the Canadian Merchant 
 Marine. She was given her speed trials on August 24, 1921, and was pronounced 
 satisfactory. This boat bears the register of Prince Rupert and immediately went 
 into service carrying a load of freight to Australia, thus initiating what is hoped 
 will prove an ever-increasing ocean traffic. The second boat is to be known as the 
 Canadian British. 
 
 Projects for the utilization of water in connection with irrigation, mining or the 
 production of power are already being put forth in numerous select localities and may 
 be expected to become very numerous. In fact, it is argued by many that the Grand 
 Trunk Pacific might be electrified through British Columbia. This most important 
 asset applies not only to large-scale operations but all the way down from the most 
 extensive undertakings to the smallest. The numerous small swift streams give to 
 the farmer an excellent opportunity to fit up a small turbine or pelton wheel by which 
 his buildings can be lighted, his machinery run, his water pumped and his fields 
 irrigated. 
 
 Following in the wake of agricultural and industrial advancement there arise the 
 openings and opportunities for the usual complement of mercantile and professional 
 lines or callings. The chance to "grow up with the country" is beckoning to many, 
 and the future of Central British Columbia promises to be full of rich reward for 
 thoee who settle in these parts of Canada.
 
 APPENDIX I 
 
 PRE-EMPTION AND HOMESTEAD REGULATIONS 
 Pre-emption — Provincial Lands 
 
 Surveyed agricultural land, except timber land, to the extent of 160 acres may be 
 pre-empted. Timber land is defined as that carrying 8,000 feet of milling timber to 
 the acre west of the Cascades or 5,000 feet to the acre east of the Cascades. No per- 
 son can hold more than one claim at a time. Claims cannot be recorded by agents. 
 Settlers to enter occupation within sixty days from allowance of claim, occupy claims 
 for five years and make improvements to value of $10 per acre, including clearing 
 and cultivating at least five acres. More than two months' continuous absence during 
 any one year without leave is deemed cessation of ocupation. No Crown grant can be 
 issued to aliens not naturalized. The pre-emptor shall, after complying with the Act 
 in respect to occupation and improvements, be entitled to a free grant of the land 
 upon payment of Crown-grant fee of $10. Pre-emptors in occupation not less than 
 three years, who have made proportionate improvements, may, because of ill-health, or 
 other cause, be granted intermediate certificate of improvement and transfer claims. 
 Records without permanent residence are issued providing applicants make improve- 
 ments valued at $300 per annum; title being obtainable after five years, providing 
 improvement is made to $10 an acre, including clearing, and cultivating five acres, and 
 there has been residence of at least two years. A pre-emptor holding Crown-grant 
 may record another pre-emption if land is required in conjunction with his farm, 
 without actual occupation, provided statutory improvements are made and residence 
 maintained on Crown-granted land. 
 
 Grazing permits are issued based on numbers ranged, with priority for established 
 owners, at initial rate of 5 cents per head of cattle per month, with minimum of 26 
 cents and max:imum of 50 cents per head per season. Rate for horses 25 per cent 
 more than for cattle; sheep and goats one-quarter of those for cattle. Free, or par- 
 tially free, permits for settlers, campers and travellers; up to ten head. 
 
 Application for more detailed information should be made to the Deputy Minister 
 of Lands, Victoria, B.C. 
 
 Homestead — Dominion Lands (Peace River Block) 
 
 All surveyed agricultural Dominion lands in the Peace River block which are 
 not disposed of and not reserved or occupied, are open to homestead entry. 
 
 Islands are reserved from entry. 
 
 An entry does not include the mineral or water rights. 
 
 The sole head of a family, or any male over eighteen years old, who is a British 
 subject, or declares an intention to become a British subject, may homestead one 
 quarter-section of available Dominion land. Applicant must appear in person at the 
 Dominion Lands Agency or Sub-Agency for the district. Entry by proxy may be 
 made at any Dominion Lands Agency (but not Sub-Agency), on certain conditions. 
 
 95
 
 96 Central British Columbia 
 
 An agent may reserve one available quarter-section as a homestead for a minor 
 over seventeen years of age until he is eighteen, on certain conditions. 
 
 Application for homestead entry may be made by a person eligible under the pro- 
 visions of " The Dominion Lands Act," either at the land agency for the district in 
 which the land is situated, or at the office of a sub-agent authorized to transact 
 business in the district. 
 
 Six mouths' residence upon and cultivation of the land in each of three years. 
 A homesteader may live within nine miles of his homestead on a farm of at least 
 eighty acres, on certain conditions. A habitable house is required, except where 
 residence is performed in the vicinity. 
 
 The area of cultivation is subjck^t to reduction in case of rough, scrubby or stony 
 land. Live stock may be substituted for cultivation under certain conditions. 
 
 A homesteader is allowed six months from the date of his entry within which to 
 perfect the same by taking possession of the land and beginning his residence duties. 
 Any entry not so perfected within that period is liable to cancellation.
 
 APPENDIX II 
 
 PURCHASE AND LEASE OF LANDS 
 
 Purchase of Crown Land 
 
 Applications to purchase vacant and unreserved Crown lands, surveyed or 
 unsurveyed, for agricultural purposes, not under 40 or over 640 acree, are 
 received, prices being $5 per acre for first-class and $2.50 for eocond-clase 
 land. First-class lands are those which can be profitably cultivated, or wild 
 hay meadows; other lands are classified as second-class. Timber land, i.e., carry- 
 ing 8,000 feet of milling timber to the acre, west of the Cascades or 5,000 feet to the 
 east, are not open to purchase — except that mill, factory or industrial sites not exceed- 
 ing 40 acres may be sold on terms and conditions fixed by the minister, conditions 
 including payment of stumpage values in addition to royalty and taxes. Watersheds 
 may be sold when required by incorporated cities for waterworks purposes. Foreshore, 
 tidal lands, sea-bed lands covered by navigable waters, quarries, fishing stations or 
 cannery sites, are disposable only by special Order in Council upon such terms and 
 conditions as made therein. 
 
 Application to purchase surveyed lands is made to the Commissioner of the divi- 
 sion in which they are located, stating the lot number and location, and, on the 
 application being allowed, a deposit of 26 per cent is made, the balance payable in 
 one, two and three years at 6 per cent, or payment may be made in full. Unsurveyed 
 lands must be staked by applicant or agent and notice of intent to purchase advertised 
 for two months in the British Columbia Gazette and a newspaper published nearest to 
 the land (embodying particulars regarding applicant and location with reference to a 
 known streamway or physical characteristic). Forms for applications and notices as 
 set forth in the Land Act are provided. Application is made within three months of 
 first publication of notice, with deposit of 50 cents per acre, to commissioner of the 
 division in which the land is situated. Within six months of the purchase being 
 allowed a survey must be made at purchaser's expense, and it is the duty of the 
 surveyor to classify the land, indicating whether any part is likely to be required for 
 townsite or fishing station, or whether granting of land would hamper development of 
 adjoining natural resources. If the survey is not considered satisfactory the minister 
 may order a new one. If surveyor's report discloses, or information is otherwise 
 received, indicating a sale not in public interest, the application may be refused and 
 deposit returned. If the surveyor's report is accepted notice to that effect is published 
 for sixty days in the British Columbia Gazette, during which time any adverse claim 
 may be filed, decision being made by the minister, and priority being established 
 applicant is notified to complete payment. Where priority is not satisfactorily estab- 
 lished the minister may order sale by tender to applicant bidding highest. By Order 
 in Council surveyed lands may also be offered at public sale, upset price being not 
 less than classified prices under the Land Act. 
 
 Permanent improvements to value not under $5 per acre are to be made within 
 four years, Crown grant not being issued until applicants file certificate that such 
 
 97 
 
 89736—7
 
 98 Central British Columbia 
 
 improvements are made, setting out in detail their nature and value. In event of 
 failure to complete purchases in compliance with the Act, sales may be cancelled and 
 payments forfeited. A second purchase may not be made until certificate is filed 
 showing improvements valued at $3 per acre have been made on first purchase — bona 
 fide cultivation being deemed improvement — or Crown grant is received, of first pur- 
 chase abandoned. Unless specially notified at time of sale, purchases are subject to 
 public right of way, also private rights of way existing at time of sale, as leading 
 or using water for animals and mining, engineering or irrigation purposes, also use, 
 without compensation, of stone, gravel, or other material required for road repairs. 
 Natural hay meadows, inaccessible by existing roads, may be purchased conditional 
 upon applicant building a satisfactory road to them; cost of road not exceeding half 
 of amount to be rebated from purchase price. 
 
 Lease of Crown Land 
 
 Leases up to 640 acres in extent, with covenants and conditions deemed advisable, 
 are made (a) for hay-cutting, up to 10 years; (6) for other purposes, excepting timber 
 cutting, up to 21 years. For bona fide industrial purposes, leases exceeding 640 acres 
 may be made. Leases of timber land for mill, factory or other industrial site, up to 40 
 acres, are made under conditions including payment of stumpage, in addition to rent, 
 royalty and taxes. Leases may also be granted for grazing, industrial or quarrying 
 purposes, including digging clay or marl, on lands held under timber lease or special 
 timber license, under conditions deemed advisable. For home sites, leases up to 20 
 acres are obtainable subject to occupation and cultivation, erection of dwelling-house 
 during first year, and payment of cost of survey collectable similarly, as rental due 
 under lease, lessee beng entitled to Crown grant on expiration of lease, if conditions 
 and stipulations are fulfilled. Watersheds required by cities for water supply may be 
 leased on conditions deemed advisable for periods not exceeding 999 years. Leases 
 may be granted on lands reserved as school reserves, consent of school trustees being 
 required where a school-house is built upon such reserve. 
 
 Unsurveyed land must be staked precedent to application for lease, by applicant 
 or agent, and application for permission to lease made to the commissioner of the 
 division, setting forth particulars, including staking, boundaries, location, purpose 
 for which lease is required, also a notice with similar particulars advertised in the 
 British Columbia Gazette and a newspaper published in the division, or nearest to it, 
 for two months. Application is made within three months of first publication of 
 notice, with statutory declaration that notice has been published. No advertisement is 
 necessary and staking is not required in applications to lease surveyed lands. Written 
 application is made to the Commissioner of the district, giving number, location and 
 acreage of lot. Lessees of unsurveyed land must have survey made in accordance with 
 regulations of Surveyor General, within six months, at their expense. If two or more 
 applicants apply for the same tract the minister will decide as to priority, and failing 
 to establish priority of right, he may ask applicants to tender and award right to 
 lease to highest bidder. 
 
 Pre-emptors holding records on, or recording on lands leased, have right of way 
 over leased lands, providing they do not commit wilful waste or damage in passing 
 over sucli lands.
 
 APPENDIX III 
 
 LAND SETTLEMENT ACT 
 
 The Land Settlement Board, which was brought into existence by the Land 
 Settlement Act of British Columbia, have established fourteen Land Settlement 
 Areas in Central British Columbia. 
 
 The method by which land may be obtained through the Land Settlement Board 
 is as follows : — 
 
 A payment of not less than twenty per cent of the selling price shall be made in 
 cash on delivery of the agreement of sale, the balance to be payable in equal yearly 
 instalments extending over a period not exceeding fifteen years from the date of the 
 agreement, with interest payable yearly on the unpaid balance at the rate of seven 
 per cent per annum. 
 
 Bona fide residence of the settler in a habitable dwelling upon the land sold shall 
 be established to the satisfaction of the board within twelve months from the date of 
 agreement of sale, and be continued so long as any part of the selling price or interest 
 remains unpaid. 
 
 Improvements to all cultivable lands shall be made by the settler equal in value 
 to:— 
 
 $0.50 per acre within two years from the date of the agreement of sale. 
 1.00 per acre during the third year from the date of the agreement of sale. 
 1.50 per acre during the fourth year from the date of the agreement of sale. 
 1.50 per acre during the fifth year from the date of the agreement of sale. 
 1.50 per acre during the sixth year from the date of the agreement of sale. 
 6.00 total value per acre of improvements to the land, exclusive of buildings 
 and fences, required before title may be issued, whether payment in full 
 of selling price has been made or not. 
 
 Where a sale of lands is made to a settler who is a returned soldier, within the 
 meaning of section 45 of the "Land Settlement and Development Act," the selling 
 price shall, in the case of the first purchase of land from the board by him, be abated 
 by the deduction therefrom of the sum of five hundred dollars, and the balance 
 remaining after such deduction shall be the selling price of the lands to the returned 
 soldier. The amount payable in cash on delivery of the agreement of sale to a 
 returned soldier shall be not less than ten per cent of the selling price so abated, but 
 in all other respects the terms and conditions of sale shall be those set out above: 
 Provided that where the returned soldier obtains from the Soldier Settlement Board 
 of the Dominion Government, on the security of the lands sold, a loan of money for 
 the purpose of improving or stocking the said lands for agricultural or pastoral pur- 
 poses, the lands may be sold to the returned soldier at the selling price so abated, 
 payable in cash, and without requiring from the returned soldier any observance by 
 him of the conditions in respect of improvements set out above. 
 
 No sale of lands within either of said areas shall be made by the board to any 
 person who by reason of his religious doctrines or otherwise is averse to bearing arms 
 
 99 
 
 39736—71
 
 100 Central Briiish Columbia 
 
 and refuses personal military service, and therein fails to undertake the full responsi- 
 bility of citizenship, or who under any law. Order in Council, or otherwise, has for 
 like reason been exempted from military service within Canada. 
 
 Owners of lands within any of said areas who do not reside on their lands shall 
 make and execute improvements on their cultivable lands, and maintain the improve- 
 ments to the satisfaction of the board, as follows: — 
 
 $2.00 per acre within one year from the date of notice. 
 2.0O per acre within the second year from the date of notice. 
 2.00 per acre within the third year from the date of notice. 
 2.00 per acre within the fourth year from the date of notice. 
 2.25 per acre within the fifth year from the date of notice. 
 2.25 per acre within the sixth year from the date of notice. 
 
 $12.50 total improvements per acre. 
 
 Pastoral lands may be stocked to the satisfaction of the board in lieu of the 
 improvements required. 
 
 The board may at any time by exchange, subdivision, or consolidation, adjust any 
 individual parcels of land, the title to which has been acquired by the board, into 
 units not exceeding 640 acres in area, for the purpose of better adapting the same for 
 use under the conditions prevailing; and where two or more parcels are consolidated 
 into one unit, the improvements thereon may, at the discretion of the board, be made 
 and executed on all or any one of the parcels. 
 
 Representatives of the board are to be found at Telkwa, Vanderhoof and Prince 
 George who will show prospective purchasers around and give them all information 
 available regarding their respective districts. 
 
 Application should be made to the Chairman of the Land Settlement Board, 
 Victoria, B.C., for further detailed information respecting land under the control of 
 the Land Settlement Board, or to any of the branch offices as above, or to the Gov- 
 ernment Agents at Smithers, Fort Fraser, Quesnel, and 150-Mile House.
 
 APPENDIX IV 
 
 GOVERNMENT AID TO FARMERS 
 
 Ae an aid to more rapid improvement of farm lands the British Columbia 
 Provincial Government has passed legislation providing for loans to bona fide 
 settlers, on the security of their land. 
 
 Application for a loan is made in writing on forme supplied tjp the Land 
 Settlement Board, Victoria, B.C., and the amount applied for must not be less than 
 two hundred and fifty dollars ($250) nor more than five thousand dollars ($5,000) to 
 an individual and ten thousand dollars ($10,000) to an association. 
 
 Loans may be made for the following purposes: — 
 
 (a) For any purpose which in the opinion of the Board will maintain or increase 
 
 agricultural or pastoral production; 
 (h) For carrying out the object of any association; subject to approval by Order 
 
 in Council; 
 (c) For taking over in whole or in part, subject to approval by Order in Council, 
 
 any existing loan advanced by the Crown in right of the province, to any 
 
 association, or any debentures issued by any association. 
 
 Before granting any loan the Board shall ascertain that the loan is justified on 
 the following grounds: — 
 
 (a) The value of the security offered, estimated on the basis of agricultural pro- 
 ductiveness as hereinafter provided; 
 
 (h) The desirability of the proposed loan for any of the purposes described in the 
 last preceding section; 
 
 (c) In the case of an individual borrower, the ability of the applicant to make 
 a fair living for himself and his family from the farming of his land, when 
 improved as proposed by means of the loan applied for and after having paid 
 interest and amortization charges or other payments as required under the 
 mortgage ; 
 
 ^d) In the case of an association, that the association is solvent and has adequate 
 earning powers, and that its records, methods, investments and management 
 are satisfactory to the board; 
 
 (e) That the granting of the proposed loan for the specified purpose in the 
 opinion of the board will be of economic benefit to the borrower. 
 
 No loan will be granted exceeding sixty per cent of the appraised value of the 
 land offered as security. 
 
 Short dated loans shall be made for a period of not less than three years and not 
 more than ten years, either straight or amortizable; long-dated loans shall be made for 
 a period of either fifteen, twenty or twenty-five years, reparable on the amortizable 
 plan. 
 
 The Land Settlement Board will at all times furnish complete information 
 regarding terms of loans, and application for desired information should be made 
 direct to the board. 
 
 101
 
 APPENDIX V 
 MINING REGULATIONS 
 
 Free Miner's Certificates 
 
 Any person over the age of eighteen, and any joint-stock company, may obtain 
 a Free Miner's Certificate on payment of the required fee. 
 
 The fee to an individual for a Pree Miner's Certificate is $5 for one year. To a 
 joint-etock company having capital of $100,000, or less, the fee for a year is $50; if 
 capitalized beyond this, the fee is $100. 
 
 The Free Miner's Certificates all expire at midnight on May 31 in each year. 
 Certificates may be obtained for any part of a year, terminating on May 31 for a 
 proportionately less fee. 
 
 The possession of this certificate entitles the holder to enter upon all lands of the 
 Crown, or upon any other lands on vrhich the right to so enter is not specially reserved, 
 and to prospect for minerals, locate claims, and mine. 
 
 A free miner can only hold, by location, one mineral claim on the same vein or 
 lode, but may acquire others by purchase. In the case of placer claims, only one 
 claim can be held by location on each creek, ravine, or hill, and not more than two 
 rn the same locality, only one of which shall be a " oreek " claim. 
 
 In the event of a free miner allowing his certificate to lapse, his mining property 
 (if not Crown-granted) reverts to the Crown, but where other free miners are 
 interested as partners or co-owners the interest of the defaulter becomes vested in the 
 company continuing co-owners or partners pro rata, according to their interests. 
 
 It is not necessary for a shareholder, as such, in an incorporated mining com- 
 pany to be the holder of a Free Miner's Certificate. 
 
 Mineral Claims 
 
 Mineral claims are located and held under the provisions of the " Mineral Act." 
 
 A mineral claim is a rectangular piece of ground not exceeding 1,500 feet square. 
 The angles must be all right angles unless the boundaries, or one of them, are the 
 same as those of a previously recorded claim. 
 
 No special privileges are allowed for the discovery of new mineral claims or 
 districts. 
 
 A mineral claim is located by erecting three " legal posts," which are stakes 
 having a height of not less than 4 feet above ground and squared for 4 inches at least 
 on each face for not less than a foot from the top. A tree-stump so cut and squared 
 also constitutes a legal post. 
 
 The "discovery post" is placed at the point where the mineral in-place is 
 discovered. 
 
 Nos. 1 and 2 posts are placed as near as possible on the line of the ledge or vein, 
 shown by the discovery post, and mark the boundaries of the claim. Upon each of 
 
 102
 
 Mining Regulations 103 
 
 these three posts must be written the name of the claim, the name of the locator, and 
 the date of location. On No. 1 post, in addition, the following must be written: 
 "Initial post. Direction of Post No. 2 (giving approximate compass bearing), .... 
 feet of this claim lie on the right, and .... feet on the left of the line from No. 1 to 
 No. 2 posts." 
 
 The location-line between Nos. 1 and 2 posts must be distinctly marked — in a 
 timbered locality by blazing trees and cutting underbrush, and in bare country by 
 monuments of earth or rock not less than 2 feet in diameter at the base, and at least 
 2 feet high — so that the line can be distinctly seen. 
 
 Mineral claims must be recorded in the Mining Recorder's office for the mining 
 division in which they are situated within fifteen days from the date of location, one 
 day extra being allowed for each ten miles of distance from the recording office after 
 the first ten miles. If a claim is not recorded in time it is deemed abandoned and 
 open for relocation, but if the original locator wishes to relocate he can only do so by 
 permission of the Gold Commissioner of the district and upon the payment of a fee 
 of $10. This applies also to a claim abandoned for any reason whatever. 
 
 Mineral claims are, until the Crown grant is issued, held practically on a yearly 
 lease, a leondition of which is that during such year assessment-work be performed on 
 the same to the value of at least $100, or a payment of such sum be made to the 
 Mining Recorder. Such assessments must be recorded before the expiration of the 
 year, or the claim is deemed abandoned. If, however, the required assessment-work 
 has been performed within the year, but not recorded within that time, a free miner 
 may within thirty days thereafter, record such assessment-work upon payment of an 
 additional fee of $10. The actual cost of the survey of a mineral claim to an amount 
 not exceeding $100, may also be recorded as assessment-work. If, during any year, 
 work is done to a greater extent than the required $100, any further sum of $100 — but 
 not less — may be recorded and counted as further assessments. As soon as assess- 
 ment-work to the extent of $500 is recorded, the owner of a mineral claim is entitled 
 to a Crown grant on payment of a fee of $25, and giving the necessary notices required 
 by the Act. Liberal provisions are also made in the Act for obtaining mill-sites and 
 other facilities in the way of tunnels and drains for the better working of claims. 
 
 Placer Claims 
 
 Placer-mining is governed by the "Placer-mining Act," and by the interpreta- 
 tion clause its scope is defined as '"the mining of any natural stratum or bed of 
 earth, gravel, or cement mined for gold or other precious minerals or stones." Placer 
 claims are of four classes, as follows : — 
 
 "' Creek diggings': any mine in the bed of any stream or ravine; 
 • " ' Bar diggings ' : any mine between high and low-water marks on a river, lake, 
 
 or other large body of water; 
 " ' Dry diggings ' : any mine over which water never extends ; 
 "'Precious-stone diggings': any deposit of precious stones, whether in veins, 
 beds, or gravel deposits."
 
 1 04 Central British Columbia 
 
 The following provisions as to extent of the various classes of claims are made 
 by the Act: — 
 
 " In ' creek diggings ' a claim shall be two hundred and fifty feet long, measured 
 
 in the direction of the general course of the stream, and shall extend in 
 
 width one thousand feet, measured from the general course of the stream 
 
 five hundred feet on either side of the centre thereof; 
 " In ' bar diggings ' a claim shall be : — 
 " (a) A piece of land not exceeding two hundred and fifty feet square on any 
 
 bar which is covered at high-water; or 
 " (h) A strip of land two hundred and fifty feet long at high-water mark, and 
 
 in width extending from high-water mark to extreme low-water mark; 
 " In ' dry diggings ' a claim shall be two hundred and fifty feet square." 
 
 The following provision is made for new discoveries of placer-mining ground: — 
 
 " If any free miner, or party of free miners, discovers a new locality for the 
 prosecution of placer mining and such discovery be established to the satisfavjtion of 
 the Gold Commissioner, placer claims of the following sizes shall be allowed to such 
 discoverers, viz : — 
 
 "To one discoverer, one claim 600 feet in length; 
 
 "To a party of two discoverers, two claims amounting together to 1,000 feet in 
 length ; 
 
 " And to each member of a party beyond two in number, a claim of the ordinary 
 size only. 
 
 " The width of such claims shall be the same as ordinary placer claims of the 
 same class : Provided that where a discovery claim has been established in any 
 locality no further discovery shall be allowed within five miles therefrom, measured 
 along the watercourses." 
 
 Every placer claim shall be as nearly as possible rectangular in form, and marked 
 by four legal posts at the corners thereof, firmly fi^ed in the ground. On each of 
 such posts shall be written the name of the locator, the number and date of issue 
 tion thereof, if located within ten miles of the office of the Mining Recorder by the 
 claim. In timbered localities boundary-lines of a placer claim shall be blazed so that 
 the posts can be distinctly seen, underbrush cut, and the locator shall also erect legal 
 posts not more than 125 feet apart on all boundary-lines. In localities where there 
 is no timber or underbrush, monuments of earth and rock, not less than two feet high 
 and two feet in diameter at base, may be erected in lieu of the last-mentioned legal 
 poet, but not in the case of the four legal posts marking the corners of the claim. 
 
 A placer claim must be recorded in the office of the Mining Recorder for the 
 mining division within which the same is situate, within fifteen days after the loca- 
 tion thereof, if located within ten miles of the office of the Minng Recorder by the 
 most direct means of travel. One additional day shall be allowed for every ten miles 
 additional or fraction thereof. The number of days shall be counted inclusive of the 
 days upon which Isuch location was made, but exclusive of the day of application for 
 record. The application for such record shall be under oath and in the form set out 
 in the Schedule to the Act. A claim which shall not have been recorded within the 
 prescribed period shall be deemed to have been abandoned.
 
 Mining Regulations 105 
 
 To hold a placer claim for more than one year it must be re-reeorded before the 
 expiration of the record or re-record. 
 
 A placer claim must be -worked by the owner, or someone on his behalf, con- 
 tinuously, as far a6 practicable, during working hours. If work is discontinued for 
 a period of seventy-two hours, except during the close season, lay-over, leave of 
 absence,' sickness, or for some other reason to the satisfaction of the Gold Commis- 
 sioner, the claim is deemed abandoned. 
 
 Lay-overs are declared by the Gold Commissioner upon proof being given to him 
 that the supply of water is insufficient to work the claim. Upon similar circumstances 
 he has also the power to declare a close season by a notice in writing and published 
 in the Gazette^ for all or any claims in his district. Tunnel and drain licenses are 
 also granted by him on the person applying giving securities for any damage that 
 may arise. Grants of right of way for the construction of tunnels or drains across 
 other claims are also granted on payment of a fee of $25, the owner of the claim 
 crossed having the right for tolls, etc., on the tunnel or drain which may be con- 
 structed. These tolls, however, are, so far as the amount goes, under the discretion 
 of the Gold Commissioner. 
 
 Hydraulic and Dredging Leases 
 
 Leases of unoccupied Crown lands may be granted by the Lieutenant-Governor 
 in Council upon recommendation of the Gold Commissioner of the district, after 
 location, by placing a legal post at each corner of the ground applied for. On the 
 post nearest the placer-ground then being worked the locator must post a notice 
 stating the name of the applicant, the location of the ground to be acquired, the quan- 
 tity of ground, and the term for ■which the lease is to be applied for. Within thirty 
 days application must be made in writing to the Gold Commissioner, in duplicate, 
 with a plan of the ground on the back, and the application must contain the name of 
 each applicant, the number of each applicant's free miner's certificate, the locality of 
 the ground, the quantity of ground, the terms of the lease desired, and the rent pro- 
 posed to be paid. A sum of $20 must accompany the application, which is returned if 
 the application is not granted. The term of leases must not exceed twenty years. The 
 extent of ground covered by leases is not in excess of the following: Creek, half a 
 mile; hydraulic diggings, eighty acres; dredging leases, five miles; precious-stone 
 diggings, ten acres. Under Order in Council, the minimum rental for creek lease is 
 $75 per annum and for hydraulic lease $50 per annum, with a condition that at least 
 $1,000 per annum shall be spent in development. For dredging leases the usual rental 
 is $50 per mile per annum; development work worth $1,000 per mile per annum 
 must be done. 
 
 Under the "Placer-mining Act Amendment Act, 1920," section 6, the annual 
 rental and amount to be expended annually on development-work was materially 
 reduced on all leases issued after July 1, 19'20. For details consult the Act; but the 
 provisions may be roughly summarized as follows: — 
 
 Bench lease, annual rental, $25; annual development-work, $250. 
 Creek lease, annual rental, $3Y.50; annual development-work, $250. 
 Dredging lease, annual rental per mile, $25; annual development-work, per 
 mile, $1,000.
 
 106 Central British Columbia 
 
 It was further enacted that all development-work mufit be recorded with Mining 
 Eecorder during the current year, similarly as is done with a mineral claim, and in 
 default of such record being made the lease becomes automatically forfeited. 
 
 Excess work may be recorded three years in advance. Payment in cash of like 
 amount to the development requirements may be made in lieu of such development- 
 work. 
 
 Under section Y of said Act, any lease issued prior to the passing of this Act, 
 in which the rentals and development requirements are higher, such lease, if in good 
 standing, may, by application to the Gold Commissioner, be brought under the terms 
 and conditions of this Amendment Act. 
 
 Coal and Petroleum Prospecting Licenses 
 
 Any person desiring to prospect for coal, petroleum or natural gas upon any 
 unreserved lands held by the Crown may acquire license to do so over a rectangular 
 block of land not exceeding 640- acres, of which the boundaries shall run due north 
 and south and east and west, and no side shall exceed 80 chains (one mile) in length. 
 Before entering into possession of the said land he shall place at the comer of such 
 block a legal stake, or initial post, and shall inscribe thereon his name and the angle 
 represented by such post, thus : " A.B.'e N.E. corner," or as the case may be, and shall 
 keep posted for thirty days in a conspicuous place upon the said land, and also in the 
 Government office of the district, as well as publishing it in the British Columbia 
 Gazette and in a local newspaper for a like period, a notice of his intention to apply 
 for such prospecting license. 
 
 The applications for said license shall be in writing, in duplicate, and shall con- 
 tain the best written description possible, with a diagram of the land sought to be 
 acquired, and shall be accompanied with a fee of $100. The application shall be made 
 to the Commissioner of Lands for the district, and by him forwarded to the Minister 
 of Lands, who shall grant such license — provided no valid protest is substantiated — 
 for a period not to exceed one year, and at the expiration of the first year an extension 
 of such license may be granted for a second or third year. 
 
 Should the licensee discover coal, petroleum, or natural gas upon such land during 
 the period of his license, and produce satisfactory evidence, under oath, of the fact, 
 he may obtain from the Lieutenant-Governor in Council, after having had the land 
 properly surveyed, a lease of the said block for a term of five years, at an annual 
 rental of 15 cents an acre, and such lease may be renewed for a further period of 
 three years, upon the payment of a renewal fee of $100 for each parcel of 640 acres of 
 land; and if during the term of such lease, or within three months thereafter, he can 
 show conclusively that he has continuously and vigorously prosecuted the work of 
 coal or petroleum mining, and has fully carried out the terms of such lease, he shall 
 be entitled to purchase the said lands, including the coal, petroleum, or natural gas 
 thereunder, at the rate of $20 an acre, or in the event of the surface rights having 
 been alienated from the Government, he can purchase the coal, petroleum, or natural 
 gas underlying such lands at the rate of $15 an acre: Provided also that, in addition 
 to the rental or purchase price, there shall be paid to the Government as a royalty 
 2^ cents a barrel (36 imperial gallons) of crude petroleum raised or gotten from such 
 land.
 
 APPENDIX VI 
 TIMBER AND FOREST FIRE REGULATIONS 
 
 How to Obtain a " Timber Sale " 
 
 Upon application being made to the Chief Forester, Victoria, or the local 
 District Forester, any desired area of Crown timber will be cruised, surveyed (if 
 necessary), and advertised for sale by tender. The period required for advertisement 
 is as follows : — 
 
 (1) Over five million feet B.M., two months. 
 
 (2) One to five million feet B.M., one month. 
 
 (3) Less than one million feet B.M., one to four weeks. 
 
 (4) Should the stumpage value to the Crown be less than $100, the local District 
 Forester may make a sale without advertisement. 
 
 During the period of advertisement all intending purchasers are furnished with 
 full particulars of the sale, including blue-prints showing the location and area, 
 description and estimate of timber, upset price (which is the lowest tender that will 
 be considered), copy of the sale contract, and tender forms. 
 
 The tender must be accompanied by a certified cheque, negotiable at par by the 
 Department in Victoria, or by cash, including the following items : — 
 
 (1) Cost of advertising. 
 
 (2) 'Cost of cruising and survey (if any). 
 
 (3) Annual rental (approximately 22 cents per acre on coast, and 16 cents per 
 acre in interior). 
 
 (4) Forest protection tax (at 2^ cents per acre). 
 
 (5) Deposit of 10 per cent of the stumpage price tendered, which will be dealt 
 with as follows : — 
 
 (a) Eeturned forthwith if tender is not accepted. 
 
 (6) Held in trust to be returned upon the satisfactory completion of the contract, 
 (c) Forfeited to the Crown if the contract is not completed to the satisfaction 
 
 of the Minister. 
 
 Each sale contract specifies the period within which operations are required to be 
 completed. Should any timber remain uncut at the date of expiration, application 
 may be made in the regular way for a new sale to cover the unlogged area. 
 
 Timber-sale contracts are not transferable. 
 
 The provision permitting the District Forester to make small sales under $100 
 without advertisement should be of special interest to small operators and hand- 
 loggers, as sales can in this way be put through with the least possible delay and 
 expense. 
 
 Small sales also have a distinct advantage over hand-loggers' licenses, inasmuch 
 as they are not of a personal nature and have no restrictions as to the logging 
 equipment used, or the number of men employed. 
 
 Application for further information should be made to the Chief Forester, 
 Victoria, B.C. 
 
 107
 
 108 Central British Colunibia 
 
 Extracts from the "Forest Act" 
 
 106. The period from the first day of May to the first day of October in each 
 year shall be known as the close season in respect to the setting of fire; but when 
 circumstances of unusual danger render it necessary in the public interest, the 
 Lieutenant-Governor in Council may, by Proclamation, extend the said season. 
 
 107. During the close season it shall be unlawful for any person to set out, or 
 cause to be set out, started, or kindled, any fire in or within one-half mile from any 
 forests or woodlands except for the purpose of clearing land, cooking, obtaining neces- 
 sary warmth, or for some necessary industrial purpose permitted by the Minister, 
 and unless the obligations and precautions imposed in the following sections shall 
 be observed. 
 
 108. During the close season no person, firm, or corporation shall set out, or cause 
 to be set out, fires in or within one-half mile from slashings or forest debris, standing 
 or fallen timber, or bush land for the purpose of burning slashings, brush, grass, or 
 other inflammable material, or for any industrial purpose, without first obtaining a 
 permit therefor: Provided that no person shall be convicted who shall have set in 
 good faith and with reasonable care a back-fire for the purpose of stopping the pro- 
 gress of a fire then actually burning. 
 
 111. Every person who, during the close season, uses any explosives, or throws or 
 drops any burning match, ashes of a pipe, lighted cigarette or cigar, or any other 
 burning substance, in or on any forest or brush land, or at a distance of less than 
 one-half of a mile therefrom, shall, before leaving the spot, completely extinguish the 
 fire of the match, ashes of a pipe, lighted cigarette or cigar, or other burning sub- 
 stance, or explosive, and any fire caused thereby; and every such person shall be liable 
 for all expenses incurred by the department in controlling or extinguishing any fire so 
 caused, and the Minister shall have a right of action against such person therefor as 
 for a debt due to the Crown.
 
 APPENDIX VII 
 SUMMARY OF WATER RIGHTS 
 
 The province has been divided into thirty-one " Water Recording Districts," the 
 boundariee of vphich follow as nearly as possible the main watersheds, and a " Local 
 Recorder," in most cases the Government agent, appointed for each district. The 
 Local Recorder acts as a " Recorder," the active administration in the more important 
 districts being in the hands of a " District Engineer," whose duties are defined by the 
 "Water Act, 1914," and who is subject to the Comptroller of Water Rights, whose 
 office is at Victoria, B.C., and in whom alone is vested the power to approve an 
 application and grant a license. The printed forms "of notice, application, etc., may 
 be obtained on application to the office of any Water Recorder, District Engineer, 
 or to the Comptroller's office. 
 
 Licenses may be granted for the use of water for any of the following purposes : 
 Domestic, water-works, mineral trading, irrigation, mining, steam, fluming, hydrau- 
 licking, industrial, power, clearing streams, storage, conveying, and lowering water. 
 
 As the water may be required in varying quantities, the applications have been 
 classified as follows: "Class A," "Class B," and "Class C," the definitions of these 
 classes being as follows : — 
 
 "Class A," in reference to any application or license, means any application of 
 license for "domestic," "mineral trading," "steam purpose," or for "mining," or 
 " industrial purpose " where the water is to be used in quantities not exceeding 
 100,000 gallons per day; or for " irrigation purpose" where the acreage to be irrigated 
 does not exceed 640 acres ; or for " power purpose " where the power to be developed 
 does not exceed 100 horse-power and is to be used by the application only; Provided 
 that, if in the opinion of the Comptroller the nature of the works intended is such as 
 to require the submission of detail plans, he may place any application which might 
 come within the foregoing classification into " Class B," notwithstanding the fore- 
 going limitations. 
 
 "Class B," in reference to any application or license, means an application of 
 license for " mining " or " industrial purpose " where the water is to be used in 
 quantities exceeding 100,0'00 gallons per day; for "irrigation purpose" where the 
 acreage to be irrigated exceeds 640 acres; or for "storage purpose" or "hydraulick- 
 ing purpose " or " clearing streams purpose," or " fluming purpose " where the water 
 is to be used by the applicant only; or for "power purpose" where the power to be 
 developed exceeds 100 horse-power and is to be used by the applicant only; or for 
 "lowering water purpose"; Provided that, if in the opinion of the Comptroller the 
 nature of the works is such as not to require the submission of detail plans, he may 
 place any application or license which might come within the above classification into 
 " Class A " notwithstanding the foregoing limitations. 
 
 " Class C," in reference to any application or license, means a license by virtue 
 of which water is held in gross, whether by special statute or otherwise; or an 
 application or license for "power," " hydraulicking," "clearing streams," or "fluming 
 purposes" where tolls are to be charged; or for "water-works" or "conveying 
 purposes." 
 
 100
 
 110 Central British Columbia 
 
 A license in respect of a " Class A " or " Class B " application can be obtained 
 by an "owner," "owner" being defined by the Act as: — 
 
 (0) Any registered owner in the book of indefeasible or absolute fees in any 
 Land Registry office in the province; 
 
 (h) Any purchaser or lessee in a registered agreement for purchase or lease; 
 
 (c) Any applicant to register his title as owner or his agreement for purchase 
 
 or lease; 
 
 (d) Any pre-emptor, homesteader, or purchaser from the Crown in the right of 
 either the Dominion or the province, or any applicant to so pre-empt, homestead, or 
 purchase; 
 
 (e) Any timber licensee or lessee; 
 
 (/) Any other lawful occupant of land or of a mine; 
 
 (g) Any legal representative of an owner (as herein defined) who has died, 
 become insolvent, is a minor, is of unsound mind, or is otherwise under disability; 
 
 (h) Any receiver or liquidator of a company which is the owner (as herein 
 defined) of land. 
 
 A license in respect of a '' Class C " application can be acquired by any munici- 
 pality, company, association or body corporate whose undertaking in respect of such 
 license has been approved under the " Water Act, 1914." 
 
 The initial procedure to obtain a "Class A" or "Class B" water license is as 
 
 follows : — 
 
 (1) Post notices at or near the point of diversion and place of use; 
 
 (2) File the notice in duplicate in the office of the Water Recorder for the dis- 
 trict in which the proposed point of diversion is situate; 
 
 (3) At the same time as filing serve the notice upon each owner whose land will 
 be touched or in any way affected by the proposed works ; 
 
 (4) Forthwith after posting on the ground, advertise the notice in a local news- 
 paper once a week for four weeks; 
 
 (5) Within ten days after the date of the first publication, file the formal appli- 
 cation in duplicate in the Water Recorder's office. 
 
 Application for further detailed information should be made to the local recorder 
 or to the Water Rights Branch, Department of Lands, Victoria, B.C.
 
 APPENDIX VIII 
 
 GAME REGULATIONS 
 
 The " open season " is declared from year to year by the Lieutenant-Governor in 
 Council. - Write the Attorney General's Department, Victoria, B.C., for a copy of 
 the regulations for the current year. 
 
 Non-resident Hunting and Fishing Licenses 
 
 (1) Big Game Licenses. — To carry firearms and fishing tackle and to hunt big 
 game and game birds, and to angle for fish, fee $25. With additional fees for game 
 killed as follows: — 
 
 Each moose $25 00 
 
 " wapiti 25 00 
 
 " cariboo 25 00 
 
 " mountain-«heep 25 00 
 
 " grizzly bear 25 00 
 
 " mountain-goat 15 00 
 
 " mule-deer 15 00 
 
 " black or brown bear 15 00 
 
 " deer or any other species 5 00 
 
 (Holder must bona fide enter the province for the purpose of hunting big game 
 to obtain above license, and may carry his firearms without license whilst in a public 
 conveyance.) 
 
 (2) Spring Bear License. — To carry firearms and to hunt bear only between 
 January 1 and July 1, fee $25. 
 
 N.B. — A permit to export trophies ia required and can be obtained from the 
 Provincial Game Warden or the nearest Government agent. 
 
 (3) Angler's License. — To carry fishing rods and to fish between March 25 and 
 November 15, for whole season, fee $5; per day, $1. 
 
 N.B. — Trout over 8 inches in length only may be taken. 
 
 (4) Game Bird License. — (British subjects residing elsewhere in Canada) — to 
 carry firearms and to hunt game birds only, fee $5 per week. 
 
 Resident Hunting Licenses 
 
 (1) To carry firearms and to hunt game birds and deer, fee $2.50. 
 
 N.B. — This license may be obtained free by a farmer or any member of his family 
 in respect to hunting on his own land. 
 
 (2) To carry firearms and to hunt big game and game birds, $25. 
 
 (3) To carry firearms and traps and to hunt big game and game birds and to 
 trap fur-bearing animals, fee $10. 
 
 N.B. — A prospector who is resident, upon production of his free miner's certifi- 
 cate, may obtain a free license to carry firearms and to hunt game within certain 
 limitations fcr his own needs. 
 
 Ill
 
 112 Central British Columhia 
 
 Bag Limit (For One Season) 
 
 Big Game — One moose; one wapiti; two cariboo; three mountain-sheep, but 
 not more than two of one species; two mountain-goat; four deer, but not more than 
 three of any one species. 
 
 Game Birds — Daily bag limits are declared annually by Order in Council when 
 open seasons are fixed. 
 
 Note. — No person may kill at any time the females or young of moose, wapiti, 
 cariboo, mountain sheep, or mountain goat. 
 
 It is illegal at any time to — 
 
 Use an automatic shotgun. 
 
 Use a pump-gun without a permanent plug limiting it to one shell in the 
 magazine. 
 
 Hunt game birds from any sail or power boat in tidal waters. 
 
 Hunt in any game reserve. 
 
 Carry firearms in an automobile without a permit during any close season. 
 
 Go out with any person acting as a guide without seeing that he holds a guide's 
 license. 
 
 Offer for sale or attempt to buy the heads of moose, wapiti, cariboo, or 
 mountain-sheep. 
 
 N.B. — This does not apply to imported heads which have been branded by the 
 department. 
 
 Guides 
 
 Every person who takes any other person out hunting big game and receives 
 remuneration must hold a guide's license, fee $5. 
 
 N.B. — Guides must return their licenses fourteen days after expiry and report 
 the names of persons taken out and particulars of animals killed. 
 
 Fur Traders and Taxidermists 
 
 (1) Resident fur trader's license, $25 per year. 
 
 (2) Non-resident fur trader's license, $200 per year. 
 
 (3) Taxidermist's license, $5 per year.
 
 APPENDIX IX 
 
 CUSTOMS AND FREIGHT REGULATIONS 
 
 (Compiled for the Information of Intend'm<j Settlers) 
 
 Customs Regulations 
 
 A settler may bring into Canada, free of duty, live stock for the farm on the 
 following basie, if he has actually owned euvsh live stock abroad for at least six 
 months before hie removal to Canada, and has brought them into Canada within one 
 year after his arival, viz: If horses only are brought in, 16 allowed; if cattle are 
 brought in, 16 allowed; if sheep are brought in, 160 allowed; if swine are brought in, 
 160 allowed. If horses, cattle, sheep and swine are brought in together, or part of 
 each, the proportions as above are to be observed. 
 
 Duty is to be paid on live stock in excess of the number for which provision is 
 made as above. For customs entry purposes a mare with a colt under six months' 
 old is to be reckoned as one animal; a cow with a calf six months old is also to be 
 reckoned as one animal. Cattle and other live stock imported into Canada are sub- 
 ject to quarantine regulations. 
 
 The following articles have free entry: — 
 
 Settlers' effects, free, viz: Wearing apparel, household furniture, books, imple- 
 ments and tools of trade, occupation or employment; guns, musical instruments, 
 domestic sewing machines, typewriters, live stock, bicycles, vehicles (including auto- 
 mobiles, implements moved by mechanical power, machinery used for agricultural 
 purposes), tractors (new), valued at $1,400 or less, as well as parts thereof for repairs, 
 and agricultural implements in use by the settler for at least six months before his 
 removal to Canada, not to include machinery or articles imported for use in any 
 manufacturing establishment or for sale; also books, pictures, family plate, furniture, 
 personal effects and heirlooms left by bequest, provided that any dutiable articles 
 entered as settlers' effects may not be so entered unless brought with the settler on 
 his first arrival, and shall not be sold or otherwise disposed of without payment of 
 duty until after twelve months' actual use in Canada. 
 
 A settler may be required to take oath that all of the articles have been owned by 
 himself or herself for at least six months before removal to Canada; that none have 
 been imported as merchandise, for use in a manufacturing establishment or as a 
 contractor's outfit, or for sale; that he or she intends becoming a permanent settler 
 within the Dominion of Canada and that the live stock enumerated is intended for 
 his or her own use on the faiin which he or she is about to occupy (or cultivate), and 
 not for sale or speculative purposes nor for the use of any other person or persons. 
 Machines, vehicles and implements for agricultural purposes, moved by mechanical 
 power, are only entitled to free entry as settler's effects when the settler is locating 
 on a farm for agricultural purposes. 
 
 Freight Regulations 
 
 1. Carload shipments of farm settlers' effects must consist of the following 
 described property of an actual farm settler, when shipped by and consigned fo the 
 
 same person. 
 
 113 
 
 39736—8
 
 114 Central British Columhia 
 
 Household goods and personal effects, all eecond-liand, and may include: Agri- 
 cultural implementfi and farm vehicles, all second-hand (will not include automohilee). 
 
 Live stock not exceeding a total of ten head, coneisting of horses, mules, cows, 
 heifers, calves, oxen, sheep, or hogs (from Eastern Canada not more than six head of 
 horses and mules may be included in a car of farm settlers' effects). 
 
 Lumber and shingles (pine, hemlock, spruce, or basswood), which must not 
 exceed 2,500 feet in all, or the equivalent thereof, or in lieu of (not in addition to) 
 the lumber and shingles, a portable house, knocked down, may be shipped. 
 
 Seed grain, trees, or shrubbery. The quantity of seed grain must not exceed the 
 following weight: Wheat, 4,500 pounds; oats, 3,400 pounds; barley, 4,800 pounds; 
 flax seed, 4-00 pounds. From points in Western States, 1,400 po'unde of seed corn may 
 also be included. 
 
 Live poultry (small lots only). 
 
 Feed, sufficient for feeding the live stock while on the journey. 
 
 2. Live Stock. — Should a settler wish to ship more than ten head of live stock 
 (as per Rule 1) in a car, the additional animals will be charged for at the less-than- 
 carload live stock rate (at estimated weights as per Canadian Freight Classification), 
 but the total charge for the car will not exceed the rate of a straight carload of live 
 stock. 
 
 When live slock forms part of the shipment, the usual live stock form of contract 
 must be signed. Shipper must show on the live stock contract the numbers of head 
 of each kind of stock loaded in car. Agents will require attendants to affbc their 
 signature in blank space provided for same on face of live stock contract. 
 
 3. Passes. — ^^One man will be passed free in charge of full carloads of settlers' 
 effects containing live stock, to feed, water, and care for them in transit, subject to 
 conditions specified in the Canadian Freight Classification. No reduced return 
 transortation will be given. 
 
 4. Top Loads. — Agents do not permit, under any circumstances, any article to be 
 loaded on the top of box or stock cars; such manner of loading is dangerous and abso- 
 lutely forbidden. 
 
 5. Settlers' effects, to be entitled to the carload rates, cannot be stopped at any 
 point short of destination for the purpose of unloading part. The entire carload must 
 go through to the station to which originally consigned. 
 
 6. The carload rates on farm settlers' effects are based on minimum weight per 
 car, of: — 
 
 From points north of St. Paul or Duluth 24,000 pounds. 
 
 North of Chicago, Kansas City, of Omaha to 
 
 Duluth or St. Paul 20,000 
 
 South and east of Chicago 12,000 
 
 Additional weight will be charged at proportionate rate. 
 
 From points south and east of Chicago only five horses or head of live stock are 
 allowed In any one carload. Any number over five will be charged extra.
 
 APPENDIX X 
 TAXATION 
 
 Taxation outeide all incorporated cities, towns and niunivipalities is impofied and 
 collected directly by the Provincial Government and expended in public improvements 
 such ae roads, trails, wharves and bridges, in assisting and maintaining the schools 
 and in the administration of justice. 
 
 The rates of taxation imposed by the latest " Taxation Act " are as follows : — 
 
 Per «cent. 
 
 Real property 1 
 
 Personal property 1 
 
 Wild land ; 5 
 
 Coal land, Claes A 1 
 
 " " « B 4 
 
 Timber land 3 
 
 Income, Class A, up to and including $2,000 1 
 
 " " B, exceeds $2,0'00 and does not exceed $3,000 1:^ 
 
 " C, " 3,000 " " " 4,000 2 
 
 " D, " 4,000 " " " 7,000 4 
 
 " E, " 7,000 " " " 10,000 5 
 
 " " F, " 10,000 " " " 20,000 7^ 
 
 " G, " 20,000 10 
 
 School taxes are assessed on property sitiiated within the various school districts 
 throughout the province, at a rate determined by the amount of the annual requisition 
 of funds from the school trustees. 
 
 Mining companies (other than coal or gold-mining companies) are taxed 2 per 
 cent on the gross value of the ore at the mine, less cost of transportation and treat- 
 ment, or on their income, whichever yields the greatest tax. 
 
 Coal and coke companies are taxed 10 cents per ton on all coal shipped from the 
 mine and 10 cents per ton on all coke, or on their income, whichever yields the 
 greatest tax. 
 
 Gold-mining companies holding gold mines, of which the market value of the gold 
 recovered is 86 per cent or over of the metal contents of the ore therefrom, are taxed 
 on their income. 
 
 Iron ore, other than that used as flux in the smelting of other metal ores, in 
 addition to the above, is taxed 37^ cents per ton of 2,000 pounds. 
 
 Unworked Crown-granted mineral claims are taxed 25 cents per acre. 
 
 The following exemptions from taxation are granted : — 
 
 Personal property on any farm, orchard, or ranch, as consists of live stock, agri- 
 cultural machinery, and vehicles, up to the value of $1,000. 
 
 Improvements on farm lands up to $1,500. 
 
 All incomes up to $1,200 in the case of single persons or $1,500 in the case of 
 married persons with an additional exemption of $200 for each dependent. 
 
 115
 
 116 Central British Columbia 
 
 War etoeke or bonds and mortgages exempt as personal property only. 
 
 Unpaid purchase-money of land as personal property. 
 
 Household furniture and effects in dwelling-houses. 
 
 Money deposited in bank, minerals, matte, or bullion in the course of treatment, 
 timber and coal lands under lease or license from the Crown, and so much of the per- 
 sonal property as is represented by timber cut upon or from lands held by the lessee 
 or license under timber leaseholds or timber licenses issued under the " Land Act," 
 upon which timber so cut the rental, royalty, and license fees payable under the said 
 Act have heen paid, and not otherwise; and so muoh of the personal property of every 
 person as is represented by timber cut from lands within this province other than 
 lands belonging to the Crown, upon which timber so cut the tax payable under the 
 " Land Act" has been paid, and not otherwise; but these exemptions shall not extend 
 to the personal property of any other person who may purchase or acquire timber so 
 cut as aforesaid or any interest therein. 
 
 Pre-emptions and homesteads for two years from date of record and an exemption 
 of $500 for four years more. Members of the Allied Forces who have taken up pre- 
 emptions or homesteads since June 26, 1918, are entitled to a period of five years' 
 exemption from taxation. 
 
 Federal Income Taxes — In addition fo the provincial income tax, there is an 
 income tax imposed by the Dominion throughout Canada. Under the Federal tax 
 exemptions of $1,000 in the case of unmarried persons and $2,000 for married persons 
 is allowed, with an additional allowance of $200 for each child under 18 years of age.
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY 
 
 Admiralty, Lords Commissioners of the. — " The British Columbia Pilot." Hydro- 
 graphic Office, Admiralty, London, 1905. 
 Ami, Henry M., M.A., D.Sc, F.R.G.S., F.R.S.C— " Canada and Newfoundland." Chap. 
 
 XVn. " British Columbia." — Stanford's Compendium of Geography and Travel. 
 
 North America. Vol. L London, Edward Stanford, Ltd., 1915. 
 Audet,.F. J.—" Canadian Historical Dates and Events, 1492-1915." Ottawa, 1917. 
 Begg, Alexander. — " History of British Columbia from its earliest discovery to the 
 
 present time." Wm. Briggs, Toronto, 1894. 
 Camsell, Chas., B.Sc. — " Explorations in the Northern Interior of British Columbia." 
 
 Summary Report, Geological Survey of Canada, page 70, Ottawa, 1915. 
 Camsell, Chas., B.Sc. — " Platinum Investigations in British Columbia." Summary 
 
 Report, Geological Survey of Canada, Part B, Ottawa, 1918. 
 Coats, R. H., and Gosnel, R. E. — " Sir James Douglas." Morang & Co., Ltd., Toronto, 
 
 1908. 
 
 Cole, L. H., B.Sc— "'The Salt Deposits of Canada and the Salt Industry." Mines 
 
 Branch, Department of Mines, Ottawa, 1915. 
 Conway, G. R. G., C.E.— " Water Powers of British Columbia." Contained in " Water 
 Powers of Canada," Water Resources Paper No. 16, Dominion Water Power 
 Branch, Department of the Interior, Ottawa, 1916. 
 Clothier, Geo. A., B.Sc. — (Resident Engineer) "Report, Northwestern District, B.C." 
 
 Annual reports Minister of Mines, Victoria, B.C. 
 Denis, Leo G., B.Sc, E.E. — " Electric Generation and Distribution in Canada." Com- 
 mission of Conservation, Ottawa, 1918. 
 Department of Agriculture, Victoria, B.C. — 
 Pamphlets : 
 
 " Land Settlement Board of British Columbia." 
 " Maps of Land Settlement Areas." 
 Department of Lands, Victoria, B.C. — 
 Pamphlets: 
 
 " Fort George Land Recording Division." 
 " Fort Eraser Land Recording Division." 
 " Cariboo Land Recording Division." 
 " Peace River Land Recording Division." 
 " Skeena Land Recording Division." 
 
 " Lands for Pre-emption. South Fork of Phraser River and Canoe River 
 Valleys." 
 Bulletins: 
 
 Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, 22, 23, 25, 26, 28, 29, 30, 34, 35 and 36. (Leaflets 
 containing detail information of various selected localities in Central 
 British Columbia.) 
 
 Department of Public Works, Ottawa — 
 
 Annual Reports of " The Government Telegraph Service." 
 
 Dominions Royal Commission — Royal Commission on the Natural Resources, Trade, 
 and Legislation of certain portions of His Majesty's Dominions. " Minutes of 
 Evidence taken in British Columbia," London, 1917. 
 
 Dowling, D. B., B.Sc, F.R.S.C.— " Coal Fields of British Columbia." A compilation 
 of numerous reports relating to the coal deposits of this province. Geological 
 Survey, Memoir 69, Ottawa, 1915. 
 
 Dresser, J. A., and Spieker, E. M. — " Report of Oil Surveys in the Peace River Dis- 
 trict, 1920," Dept. of Lands, Victoria, B.C. 
 
 Galloway, J. D., M.Sc (Resident Engineer).— " Report Northeastern District, B.C." 
 Annual Reports Minister of Mines, Victoria, B.C. 
 
 Grand Trunk Pacific Railway. — Pamphlet with map. " Plateau and Valley Lands — 
 Central British Columbia; general information for the intending settler." 
 Industrial and Colonization Department, G.T.P. Railway, 8th Edition, Winnipeg, 
 Man., 1919 
 
 Grant, W. L., M.A.— " History of Canada," Toronto, 1914. 
 
 Gosnel, R. E. — " Year Book of British Columbia and Manual of Provincial Informa- 
 tion." (Coronation Edition) Victoria, 1911. 
 
 117
 
 118 Central British Columbia 
 
 Gwillim, J. C— " Report of Oil Survey in the Peace River District, 1919." Dept. of 
 
 Lands, Victoria, B.C. 
 Harmon, D. W. — " A Journal of Voyage and Travel in the Interior of North America." 
 
 Andover, 1820. 
 
 Horetzky, Charles.—" Canada on the Pacific." Montreal, 1874. 
 
 Hornadav, W. T. — " The American Natural History." C. Scribner's Sons, New York, 
 1904*. 
 
 Hydrographic Office, Washington. — " Pilot Guides— The Coast of British Colum- 
 bia." Government Printing Office, Washington, 1901. 
 
 Johnston, J. T., C.E.— " Central Electric Stations in Canada," Part II Directory. 
 Water Resources Paper No. 27, Dominion Water Power Branch, Department of 
 the Interior, Ottawa, 1919. 
 
 King's Printer, Victoria, B.C. — 
 Annual Reports: 
 
 (a) Minister of Mines, 
 
 (b) Minister of Lands, 
 
 (r) Department of Agriculture, 
 
 (d) Department of Railways, 
 
 (e) Department of Public Works, 
 (/) Superintendent of Education, 
 ig) Commissioner of Fisheries, 
 (h) Game Conservation Board. 
 
 Pamphlets: ; I 
 
 " British Columbia: The Mineral Province of Canada." 1921. 
 "Handbook of British Columbia: History, Topography, Climate, Resources." 
 
 1921. 
 " Agriculture in British Columbia." 1921. 
 "Game of British Columbia: Animals, Birds, Fishes." 1919. 
 
 Laut, Agnes C. — " Pioneers of the Pacific Coast." (Volume 22, The Chronicles of 
 Canada.) 
 
 Laut. Agnes C— " The Cariboo Trail." (Volume 23, The Chronicles of Canada.) 
 
 MacKay, B. R., B.Sc.—" Cariboo Gold Fields," Summary Report, Part B, Geological 
 Survey, Ottawa, 1918. 
 
 Mackenzie, Alexander. — " Voyage from Montreal, on the River St. Lawrence, through 
 the Continent of North America, to the Frozen and Pacific Oceans, in the years 
 1789 and 1793. With a preliminary account of the rise, progress and present 
 state of the Fur Trade of that country." London, 1801. 
 
 MacKenzie, J. D., B.Sc. — " Telkwa Valley and Vicinity." Summary Report, Geological 
 Survey, Ottawa, 1915. 
 
 Macoun, J., M.A., F.L.S., F.R.S.C— " The Forests of Canada and Their Distribu- 
 tion." 1895. 
 
 Macoun, J., M.A., etc., and Jas. M., C.M.G., F.L.S.— " Catalogue of Canadian Birds," 
 Geological Survey, Ottawa, 1909. 
 
 Masson, L. R. — " Les Bourgeois de la Compagnie du Nord-Ouest," in 2 volumes. 
 Volume I contains the Journal of Simon Eraser's descent of the Eraser river in 
 1808. Quebec, 1890. 
 
 McConnell, R. G., B.A., F.R.S.C, F.G.S.A.— " Report on an Exploration of the Finlay 
 and Omineca rivers." Section C, Annual Report (New Series), Vol. VII, Geolo- 
 gical Survey, Ottawa, 1914. 
 
 McLiesh, J., B.A. — " Mineral Production of Canada." Annual. Mines Branch, 
 Department of Mines, Ottawa. 
 
 Meteorological Service of Canada — Monthly and Annual Reports. 
 
 Morice, Rev. A. G., O.M.I. — "The Historv o*" the Northern Interior of British Colum- 
 bia, formerly New Caledonia, 1060-1880." Wm. Briggs, Toronto, 1904. 
 
 Norton, B. R., B.Sc, F. and Lewis, R. G., B.Sc. F.— " Native Trees of Canada." 
 Bulletin No. 01, Forestry Branch, Department of Interior, Ottawa, 1917. 
 
 O'Neill, J. J., M.Sc, Ph.D.—" The Platinum Situation in Canada, 1918." Summary 
 Report, 1918, Geological Survey, Ottawa, 1918. 
 
 O'Neill, J. J., M.Sc, etc—" Economic Geology of the Hazelton District, B.C." Sum- 
 mary Report, Part B, Geological Survey, Ottawa, 1917. 
 
 O'Neill, J. J., M.Sc, etc. — " Economic Geology of Salmon River District, Portland 
 Canal." Summary Report, Geological Survey, Ottawa, 1919
 
 Bibliography 1 1 9 
 
 Parks, W. A., B.A., Ph.D. — " Report on the Building and Ornamental Stones of Can- 
 ada," in 5 volumes. Volume V relates to British Columbia, Mines Branch, Depart- 
 ment of Mines, Ottawa, 1917. 
 
 Prebble, Edw. A. — " North American Fauna — Serial No. 27." Washington. 
 
 Reinecke, L., M.A., Ph.D. — " Mineral Deposits in the neighbourhood of the Pacific 
 Great Eastern Railway between Lillooet and Prince George." Summary Report, 
 Geological Survey, Ottawa, 1919. 
 
 Scholefield, E. O. S.— " British Columbia from the Earliest Times to the Present." In 
 4 volumes. Volumes 1 and 2 historical. Volumes 3 and 4 biographical, Van- 
 couver, 1914. 
 
 Short, A., C.M.G., M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.C, and Doughty, A., C.M.G.— " Canada and its 
 Provinces," in 22 volumes and index. Volumes 21 and 22 — " Pacific Province."' 
 Toronto, 1914. 
 
 Simpson, Sir George. — " Narrative of a Journey round the World during the years 
 1841 and 1842." London, 1847. 
 
 Skelton, O. D., M.A., Ph.D.—" The Railway Builders." (Volume 32, The Chronicles 
 of Canada.) 
 
 Spence, H. S., M.E. — "Mica: its occurrence, exploitation and uses." Publication No. 
 118, Mines Branch, Department of Mines, Ottawa, 1912. 
 
 Sterns, R. W., B.Sc. — " Canadian Douglas Fir, — its Mechanical and Physical Proper- 
 ties." Bulletin No. 60, Forestry Branch, Department of Interior, Ottawa, 1918. 
 
 Swan, R. G., B.A.Sc. — " British Columbia Hydrographic Survey." For years 1913 to 
 1918, comprising Water Resources Papers Nos. 8, 14, 18, 21 and 23, Dominion 
 Water Power Branch, Department of the Interior, Ottawa, 1915-17-18-19. 
 
 Talbot, Frederick A. — " The Making of a Great Canadian Railway." London, 1912. 
 
 Tyrrell, J. B., C.E., M.A., F.G.S. — " David Thompson's Narrative of His Explorations 
 in Western America, 1784-1812." Champlain Society, Toronto, 1916. 
 
 University of British Columbia. — " Calendar." 
 
 Walbran, Capt. John T.— " British Columbia Coast Names, 1592-1906, their origin 
 and history." Ottawa, 1909. 
 
 White, Arthur V. — " Water Powers of British Columbia." Commission of Conserva- 
 tion, Ottawa, 1919. 
 
 White, James, F.R.G.S., F.R.S.C.—" Dictionary of Altitudes in the Dominion of Can- 
 ada." Commission of Conservation, Ottawa, 1916. 
 
 Whitford, H. N., Ph.D., and Craig, R. D., F.E.— " Forests of British Columbia." Com- 
 mission of Conservation, Ottawa, 1918. 
 
 Wilson, Beckles.— " The Great Company." The Copp Clarke Co., Ltd., Toronto, 1899. 
 
 Wrong, Geo. M., M.A., and Langton, H. H., M.A.— " Chronicles of Canada," in 32 
 volumes. Volume 22 — " Pioneers of the Pacific Coast." 
 Volume 23—" The Cariboo Trail." 
 Volume 32—" The Railway Builders." Glasgow, Brook & Company, Toronto.
 
 BfVinlinml of tb( Jrtmor 
 
 MAP OF 
 
 CENTRAL 
 BRITISH COLUMBIA 
 
 Scnlo 35 miit>m to I inili 
 
 <l.r*r.hon of F C C Lynck Sljp«r,ntor><trnt 
 LEGEND 
 
 '^ ^'-i,-' ■" '" "' ' » ° (fe 
 
 "-■Xi^j^^iS.' I 
 
 ^" 
 
 A C